and the interested public, this revised guide summarizes ... · *International Programs, *Program...
Transcript of and the interested public, this revised guide summarizes ... · *International Programs, *Program...
DOCUMENT RESUME
ED 026 928 FL 001 192
A Guide to U.S. Covernment Agencies Involved in International Educational and Cultural Activities.
Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs (Deipt. of State), Washington, D.C.
Pub Date Sep 68Note- 198p.Available from-Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402 (Dept.
of State Publication 8405, International Information and Cultural Series 97, $1.50).
EDRS Price MF-$1.00 HC Not Available from EDRS.Descriptors-*Cultural Activities, Cultural Education, Cultural Exchange, *Education, Educational Programs,
*Federal Government, Foreign Relations, Government Role, Interagency Coordination, Intercultural Programs,
*International Programs, *Program Descriptions, Program Guides, Teacher Exchange Programs, World Affairs
Designed as an aid for interagency government personnel, private organizations,
and the interested public, this revised guide summarizes the 1967-68 fiscal yearactivities of Federal government agencies involved in international educational andcultural affairs. This 1968 edition contains data-supported descriptive accounts, by
agen&y, of all international programs supported by an agency and gives some ideas
of the dimensions of the involvement. (CW)
U.S. DEPARTMENT Of HEALTH, EDUCATION & WELFARE
OFFICE OF EDUCATION
THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN REPRODUCED EXACTLY AS RECEIVED FROM THE
PERSON OR ORGANIZATION ORIGINATING 11. POINTS Of VIEW OR OPINIONS
STATED DO NOT NECESSARILY REPRESENT OFFICIAL OFFICE OF EDUCATION r
POSITION OR POLICY.
A GUIDE TO U.S. GOVERNMENT AGENCIES
INVOLVED IN INTERNATIONAL EDUCATIONAL
AND CULTURAL ACTIVITIES
NT ppA
September 1968
vg
BUREAU of EDUCATIONAL
and CULTURAL AFFAIRS
POLICY REVIEW AND COORDINATION STAFF
"PERM I SS ION TO REPRODUCE THIS..MATERIAL BY MICROFICHE ONLY AS BEEN GRANTED
By i 41.e) 61440ardinerrii- Skil:.TO ERIC AND 011-GANIZATIONS ERATING UNDER
AGREEMENTS WITH THE U. S. OFFICE OF EDUCATION.FURTHER REPRODUCTION OUTSIDE THE ERIC SYSTEMREQUIRES PERMISSION OF THE COPYR IGHT OWNER."
COUNCIL ON INTERNATIONAL EDUCATIONAL AND CULTURAL AFFAIRS
MEMBERS
The Department of State(The Assistant Secretary for Educational and Cultural Affairs ), Chairman
The Agency for International Development
The Department of Defense
The Department of Health Education, and Welfare
The U. S. Office of Education Department of Health, Education and Welfare
The Peace Corps
The United States Information Agency
OBSERVERS
Representatives of the Executive Office of the President
The Bureau of the Budget
The Smithsonian Institution
The Immigration and Naturalization Service, Department of Justice
The Department of Labor
The Office of International Scientific and Technological Affairs,
Department of State
NON-GOVERNMENTAL LIAISON
The American Council on Education
STAFF SERVICES
Policy Review and Coordination Staff
Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs
Department of State
A GUIDE TO U.S. GOVERNMENT AGENCIES
INVOLVED IN INTERNATIONAL EDUCATIONAL
AND CULTURAL ACTIVITIES
Policy Review and Coordination Staff
Bureau of Educational and Cultural AffairsDepartment of State
September 1968
---:4+04tiotiV4/43Wi:
DEPARTMENT OF STATE PUBLICATION 8405
International Information and Cultural Series 97
Released September 1968
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington, D.C. 20402 - So
777.137.;;;=47=7.
Foreword
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Introduction
The Department of State
The Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs 1
The Office of Overseas Schools18
International Scientific and Technological Affairs 19
The Bureau of Intelligence and Research 20
The Agency for International Development
The Peace Corps
The United States Information Agency
The Department of Defense
The Department of Health, Education, and Welfare 52
The Atomic Energy Commission
The Civil Aeronautics Board87
The Civil Service Commission
The Department of Agriculture
The Department of Commerce
The Department of Housing and Urban Development 113
The Department of Interior116
The Department of Labor121
The Department of Transportation
-, ,r'
Page
The Federal Communications Commission 136
The Federal Reserve System 139
The Library of Congress 140
The National Aeronautics and Space Administration 143
The National Archives and Records Service 147
The National Foundation on the Arts and the Humanities 149
The National Science Foundation 153
The Post Office Department 158
The Smithsonian Institution 159
The Tennessee Valley Authority 166
The Treasury Department 168
Abbreviations 175
Index 177
iv
FOREWORD
The Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs of the Department of Statetakes great pleasure in presenting this new issue of the guide to theprograms of United States Government agencies involved in internationaleducational and cultural affairs. It is published in pursuance of Sec-tion 6 of Executive Order. 11034, June 25, 1962, which provides that theSecretary of State shall exercise primary responsibility for Government-wide leadership and policy guidance with regard to international educa-tional and cultural affairs.
As Assistant Secretary of State for Educational and Cultural Affairs,I wish to record my gratitude for the generous cooperation of the membersof the interagency Council on International Educational and CulturalAffairs, of which I am Chairman, who have contributed to the informationherein compiled. Previous editions of this guide have served a mostimportant and useful purpose in accomplishing the responsibilities of theCouncil to provide a means for the exchange of information among interestedagencies, the effective utilization of useful resources, and the avoidanceof unnecessary duplication of effort. I hope that this new edition will be
of even greater value.
It is also hoped that this guide will prove to be as helpful as previousones to the general public in serving as a source of information aboutthe many related activities of various Federal agencies in this field.This edition seems particularly timely in view of the widespread and livelypublic interest in opening up more channels of information about theGovernment's day-to-day activities. The information shg:%.uld also be useful
to the large number of private organizations and institutions which parti-
cipate in and support Government efforts in this vital aspect of ourinternational relations and which carry on similar activities underprivate auspices.
The scope of the total Government effort in this field, as indicated bythe number of agencies involved and the variety of their programs, isevidence of the significance of educational and cultural affairs in ourgovernment-to-government and people-to-people relations with other countries.
In the words of the Mutual Educational and Cultural Exchange Act of 1961,
all of these activities serve to "increase mutual understanding betweenthe people of the United States and the people of other countries" and to
II strengthen the ties which unite us with other nations by demonstratingthe educational and cultural interests, developments, and achievements
of the people of the United States."
.;
Edward D. ReAssistant Secretary forEducational and Cultural AffairsDepartment of State
INTRODUCTION
The following pages summarize the activities of agencies of the Federal
Government which involve international educational and cultural affairs
in various ways. Insofar as possible the information is presented as
reported by the agencies.
The content is mainly a descriptive summary with statistical data as
appropriate. It is designed to assist agency personnel and the interested
public to identify activities, to relate them to the proper administering
agencies, and to give some idea of their dimensions. As organized, it
should also add perspective to a summary view of the Federal involvement
in such activities as a whole. Most of the information relates to fiscal
year 1966-67 with some entries for fiscal year 1967-68. Mora detailed
data will be found in annual reports and other periodical publications of
the respective agencies.*
The term "international educational and cultural affairs" encompasses a
wide and varied range of activities including in-service training, for
example. They are conducted by more than 25 U.S. Government agencies.
Generally speaking, the relevant programs of these agencies fall into
three groups. The first consists of programs whose primary objective is
the achievement of certain results overseas within the framework of our
foreign policy. These are programs of the "foreign affairs" agencies --
The Department of State, the Agency for International Development (AID),
the Peace Corps, and the U.S. Information Agency (USIA), as well as
certain programs of the Department of Defense.
The second group comprises the programs of other Government agencies which
utilize their special technical and professional competence to assist the
foreign affairs agencies and the Department of Defense, under working
agreements with them as authorized by the Congress. For example, when
AID brings foreign nationals to the United States for training in an agri-
cultural field, the training is done by the Department of Agriculture under
contractual arrangement with AID. When foreign governments request the
Department of State to obtain various technical services for which they
will reimburse the U.S. Government, arrangements are made with other U.S.
agencies to provide such services.** For example, arrangements were made
in 1967 with the Department of the Interior to assign specialists to the
British Columbia Hydro and Power Authority.
* Inquiries should be addressed directly to the agencies.
** As authorized by the U.S. Information and Educational Exchange Act of
1948 (Secs. 402 and 902) or the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 (Sec.
607(b)).
vi
The third group consists of activities of domestic agencies which have as
their primary purpose the enri,Ihment of American competence and skills
through the interchange of knowledge and experience with counterparts in
other countries. The principal international programs of the National
Science Foundation fall into this group. So also do those of the Founda-
tion on the Arts and the Humanities.
Coordination of these activities is achieved in various ways. Overseas,
country by country, policy coordination is accomplished by the "country
team," headed by the chiefs of the U.S. diplomatic missions, who also
maintain liaison with other groups such as the binational educational
commissions where they exist.
Here in Washington, policy coordination in the foreign affairs complex is
maintained through such channels as the interagency Council on International
Educational and Cultural Affairs, which facilitates the exchange of infor-
mation among interested agencies, offers opportunities for concerted attacks
on common problems, for examp3P, the migration of knowledge and skills,
and serves as a forum for the tascussions of matters of common concern. *
The U.S. Office of Education serves as a center for Federal leadership in
international education in the United States through its Institute of
International Studies, established In 1968. The Federal Council on the
Arts and the Humanities performs a similar function in its fields of
interest. Coordinating groups are related to one another through recip-
rocal representation.
These pages also indicate the close relations of Federal agencies and non-
Federal agencies, institutions, and organizations in carrying out inter-
national educational and cultural programs. The cooperative support of
these activities by colleges and universities, school systems, philanthropic
foundations, and voluntary organizations is an essential factor in the
effectiveness of Federal programs. On the other hand, U. S. Government
agencies, in one way or another, facilitate the international work of many
of these non-Federal agencies. Needless to say, the Government effort in
these fields does not represent the total effort of the American people
as a whole.
* The fields of research and science are similarly coordinated by the
Foreign Area Research Coordination Group and the International Committee
of the Federal Council on Science and Technology; chaired, respectively,
by the Bureau of Intelligence and Research and the Office of International
Scientific and Technological Affairs of the Department of State.
vii
These pages do not include the work of the intergovernmental organizationsof which the United States is a member -- i.e., those of the United NationsEducational, Scientific and Cultural Organization or the Organization ofAmerican States. Such work and the participation of the U.S. Governmentare summarized in an annual report of the Secretary of State to the Congressentitled United States Contributions to International Organizations. *Additional information about such organizations and their educational andcultural activities may be obtained from their own offices or from theliaison offices in the U.S. Government agencies that are indicated inthese pages.
The Policy Review and Coordination Staff takes this opportunity to thankthe representatives of the various agencies who have contributed the infor-mation for this guide: Mrs. Jean Dulaney, Office of External Research ofthe Department of State, who reviewed it; and the following members ofthe staff: Mr. Charles Johnson, Mr. Harold Miller, Mrs. Anna Pringle,Miss Edith Saunders, Miss Verna Withey, Mr. Norman Ishimoto, and especiallyMiss Hazel Kirk, for devoted work in consolidating it.
Francis J. ColliganDirectorPolicy Review and Coordination StaffBureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs,
andExecutive DirectorCouncil on International Educational and
Cultural Affairs
* U.S. House of Representatives, Committee on Foreign Affairs.Washington: U.S. Government Printing Office.
viii
DEPARTMENT OF STATE
As head of the Department of State and the principal adviser to the
President in the formulation and execution of the foreign policy of the
United States, the Secretary of State is charged with responsibility
for all activities of the Department, including those set forth below
which involve international educational and cultural affairs.
BUREAU OF EDUCATIONAL AND CULTURAL AFFAIRS (Cu)
Under the direction of an Assistant Secretary of State, the Bureau of
Educational and Cultural Affairs administers the Department of State's
international program of educational and cultural exchange. This program
operates today under the authority of the Mutual Educational and Cultural
Exchange Act of 1961 (Public Law 87-256), known as the Fulbright-Hays Act.
This Act consolidated and expanded previous legislation governing these
activities* and provided for a permanent international educational and
cu1tu1 program with broad authorization as to areas or fields of opera-
tion, subject of course to the appropriation of funds.
The Fulbright-Hays program is designed "to increase mutual understanding
between the people of the United States and the people of other countries
by means of educational and cultural exchange; to strengthen the ties
which unite us with other nations by demonstrating the elucational and
cultural interests, developments, and achievements of tl people of the
United States and other nations, and the contributions being made toward
a peaceful and more fruitful life for people throughout the world; to
promote international cooperation for educational and cultural advancement;
and thus to assist in the development of friendly, sympathetic, and peace-
ful relations between the United States and the other countries of the world."
As authorized by the Fulbright-Hays Act, the Assistant Secretary assumes
responsibility for four broad types of activities, described in detail in
the next section:
Insuring policy guidance for U.S. participation in inter-
governmental educational and cultural organizations.
Providing Government-wide policy leadership in the development
and administration of international educational and cultural
programs.
* The conventions on inter-American cultural relations signed at Buenos Aires
in 1936 and at Caracas in 1954 remain in effect. The 1936 convention ini-
tiated an educational exchange program with 16 Latin American countries and
marked the beginning of systematic U.S. Governmint cultural relations with
other countries. It was followed in 1938 by the Act for Cooperation with the
Other American Republics, in 1946 by the Fulbright Act, in 1948 by the
Smith-Mundt Act, and in 1956 by the Humphrey-Thompson Act.
Conducting the Bureau's program of grants for individual
projects or more extensive longer-term projects, such as
the teaching of English overseas.
Providing facilitative services to the exchange programs
of private agencies and other governments, and advice on
all aspects of educational and cultural exchange programs.
Multilateral Policy Guidance
Policy guidance regarding U. S. participation in multilateral educational
and cultural organizations, such as the United Nations Educational, Scien-
tific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO),is an important aspect of the
Bureau's work. It maintains a continuous liaison with intergovernmental
agencies conducting such activities and helps shape and guide the prepara-
tion of their programs.
In 1967, at the Bureau's request, the Department initiated an overall
review of U.S. policy toward UNESCO to take into account the great changes
which have occurred in the two decades of UNESCO's existence. The Bureau
assisted the U.S. National Commission for UNESCO to organize a seminar in
Washington on the role of UNESCO in the teaching and dissemination of
international law, as well as to distribute the Commission's film, "The
Minds of Men" (commemorating the 20th anniversary of UNESCO), and its
illustrated brochure on the UNESCO World Art Series.
The Bureau also supported U.S. participation in the educational programs
of other intergovernmental organizations of which the United States is a
member, such as the Southeast Asia Treaty Organization (SEATO) and the
cultural sector of the Organization of American States (OAS), particularly
the Inter-American Cultural Council.
Government-wide Coordination
The Assistant Secretary has, as delegated to him by the Secretary of State,
primary responsibility for Government-wide leadership and policy guidance
with regard to international educational and cultural affairs in order to
- 3
insure adequate coordination.* He also has the responsibility of providing
liaison between the Department and the many non-governmental organizations
engaged in international educational and cultural activities. These
responsibilities are exercised in various ways, including the exchange of
information and advice through the interagency Council on International
Educational and Cultural Affairs, of which the Assistant Secretary is
chairman. (See also section on Interagency Policy Advisory Bodies,
page 12.) The major work of the interagency Council during the year
under review was directed toward the following:
The "Brain Drain" Problem. The impact of the migration of skilled
people to the United States from developing areas has been of wide-
spread concern in the United States and abroad. The Council made
a study of the "Drain" and concluded that although a problem does
exist, the position of the agencies represented on the Council
should be that no new legal prohibitions should be made on entry
into the United States. Instead, various specific steps should be
taken by the United States to stimulate the voluntary return of
skilled people to those developing countries which are experiencing
manpower shortages. High on the list of these steps is the encour-
agement of foreign governments to take a more active part in solving
the problem.
National Policy Statements. The Council and two of its committees
have national policy statements on the role of English language
teaching in this Government's international effort, as well as
the role of book and library activities in this Government's
activities abroad.
U. S. Technical Cooperation. The Council is giving a high priority
to the problem of technical cooperation in non-AID (Agency for
International Development) countries.
Program of Grants - 1967
Academic Grants and International Visitors. Grants to individuals in the
United States and other countries are made for university lecturing,
advanced research, graduate study, teaching in elementary and secondary
* Pursuant to Sec. 6 of Executive Order No. 11034 of June 25, 1962,
which implemented the Fulbright-Hays Act of 1961: "In order to assure
appropriate coordination of programs, and taking into account the statutory
functions of the departments and other executive agencies concerned, the
Secretary of State shall exercise primary responsibility for Government-
wide leadership and policy guidance with regard to international educational
and cultural affairs."
4
schools, practical experience in technical and specialized fields, and
consultation and observation. An increasing number of such grants are
for the furtherance of specific programs and projects, some examples of
which are the following:
Legal Education Developments. Grants in the field of legal
education and contributing to judicial systems and civil
services in Africa. Some have enabled American jurists and
law professors to teach in African universities, conduct
seminars for magistrates, provide lay training, and in
consultative ways assist in developing studies of constitutional
and administrative law. Others have enabled African students
of law to be trained in U.S. universities for teaching positions
in African institutions. The Bureau has encouraged private
support and legal training for Africans in the United States
through a cooperative arrangement with the International Legal
Center in New York, an agency which has close working relation-
ships with schools and departments of law in African universities.
English Teaching in Poland. In 1967, Bureau grants provided
for: a U.S. lecturer in American literature and culture whose
role was to acquaint the Polish participants with the geography,
history, literature, and life of America; a senior American
linguist who lectured, consulted, and conducted class instruction;
and a selected number of advanced U.S. students who served as
junior staff members or tutors. All these represented part of
a team effort of British and American linguists to assist in
improving the quality of the teaching of English in that country
through lecturing and tutoring at summer English courses offered
to Polish students of philology, secondary teachers of English,
and higher education faculty,.
American Studies in East Asia and the Pacific. Grants to five
U. S. professors enabled them to play prominent roles in the
first Southeast Asian regional seminar on American Studies.
Sponsored by the United States Educational Foundation in
Thailand* and held in Bangkok in 1967, the seminar was attended
by 37 Asian professors with interest in American studies from
Japan, the Philippines, Australia, Taiwan, Malaysia, Korea,
and Thailand.
American Studies in Western Europe. In Western Europe grants
ient many distinguished professors of American history,
literature, and civilization to universities for developing
curricula in American studies and have enabled European
grantees later to take a leading part in developing American
* One of 47 binational educational foundations and commissions.
- 5
studies. A group of French professors, all former granteeswho did special research in the United States this past year,succeeded in establishing the nucleus of a French Association
of American Studies.
During the year, former grantees filled a new chair in North
American history and an additional chair in American literature
at the University of Paris.
In the Netherlands, a 1967 event was the opening of the John F.
Kennedy Center for Atlantic Studies at the University of Tilburg.
The Center's director and three members of its governing board
were former grantees.
In 1967, as for the past few years, the Salzburg Seminar received
partial support from the Bureau. This year, the Bureau also
continued to assist two institutions which give special coursee
in American studies -- the Bologna Center of Johns Hopkins
University, and the Institute of American Studies in Paris which
is affiliated with the State University of New York. When the
British Association of American Studies, one of the oldest such
organizations, assembled 90 of its members for its annual confer-
ence in April 1967 for a special seminar on "America in the 30s,"
the Bureau arranged for participation by American lecturers.
American Studies in India. Grants from the United StatesEducational Foundation in India assisted three universities to
develop Ph. D. programs which will require specialization in
this field and a broad knowledge of American civilization.
The Bureau's grants through the binational foundation in New
Delhi provide for a full-time director of the American Studies
Research Centre at Hyderabad and for U. S. lecturers, study
grants, and research fellowships, as well as for participants
in seminars. The Centre, established as a result of seminars
led by American Fulbright lecturers in 1962 and registered as
an Indian agency with a binational board of directors, is
becoming a major resource for Indian study and teaching of
American civilization in India. More than 20 universities
support the Centre as corporate members and nearly 800
teachers and students as individual members. The Centre
has a library of over 18,000 volumes housed temporarily at
the Osmania University library. The University has also
offered a site of five acres for the eventual construction
of a Centre building which will serve as its headquarters.
6
American Institute of Indian Studies is a cooperative voluntary
organization, with principal headquarters at the University of
Pennsylvania, and an Indian headquarters in Poona, India. A
consortium of 27 American member institutions of higher learning,
its purpose is the furthering of mutual understanding between
the United States and India primarily by acIvencing scholarly
interest and achievement among Americans in all branches of Indian
civilization, both ancient and modern. This would make a signif-
icant contribution to expanding the present corps of approximately
200 fully qualified South Asian specialists in the United States
to the some 2,000 estimated to be needed if the United States is
to be prepared to cope with the increasing importance of Asia,
particularly India, in the coming decade.
Attendance at International Conferences. During 1967, the Bureau
continued to work toward the improvement of communication between
intellectual and cultural leaders in the United States and abroad
by increasing efforts to assure adequate American and foreign
participation in significant international conferences. (Over a
2-year period 1964-66, grants enabled more than 35 Americans and
73 foreign nationals to attend international meetings.)
Seminars for Latin American University Administrators. In 1967,
as in the past 9 years, grants to participants have made possible
annual seminars of Latin American university administrators on
the subject of university development and modernization. These
programs, regularly attended by 20-25 rectors, vice-rectors,
and deans from the other American Republics, have concentrated
on such subjects as "University Reform and the Professions,"
"The University and Regional and National Development,"
"University Administration," and "The University and Society";
and during the past 2 years, on evaluation studies of the
university curriculum to be published in 1969. Furthermore,
selected leaders of previous seminars decided ;(:) organize an
association of former seminar participants to foster inter-
uriversity communication and to share information on university
developments in Latin America.
In carrying out these and other projects in 1967, there was
an interchange through Bureau awards of 7,378 grantees between
the United States and some 135 countries and territories of the
world. Approximately 30 percent of the grantees were from the
United States and 70 percent from abroad, as the following tables
show.
- 7 -
ForgzE_Grantees Coming to the United States
(by Area of Origin, Fiscal Year 1967)
Foreign Europe Latin Near East Africa East Asia TotalGrantees America and and
South Asia Pacific
Students ineducationalinstitutions
07110,
793 238 389 76 328 1,824
Lecturers andResearchScholars inuniversities 399 62 84 1. 139 684
Teachers inU.S. school
systems 291 203 79 13 66 652
ForeignLeaders'projects 202 344 101 138 238 1,023
ForeignSpecialists'projects 119 90 53 75 84 421
Educationaltravel offoreignstudents 12 476 11 130 31 660
Total 1,816 1,413 717 432 886 5,264
- 8
American Grantees Going Abroad
(by Area of Destination, Fiscal Year 1967)*
American Europe Latin Near East Africa East Multi- Total
Grantees America andSouth Asia
Asiaand
Area
Pacific
Students 645 107 74 42 868
Lecturers andResearchScholars inuniversities 281 108 142 23 134 OM M. 688
Teachers inschool systems 192 14 28 6 .1111,1IN 276
Specialistsfor generallecturingprograms 69 71 42 20 51 20 273
Educationaltravel ofAmericanstudents 6 3 9
Total 1,187 306 286 49 266 20 2,114
* Excludes U.S. performing artists and athletes sent abroad under the
Cultural Presentations Program.
Cultural and S orts Presentations. In fiscal year 1967, the policy of making
grants to small performing arts groups of four or five persons was given
particular emphasis. An important part of each tour in all countries was
establishing rapport with local people and artists. For example, when the
Paul Taylor modern dance troupe performed in Madras, an historic center
for classic Indian dance, the company opened its rehearsals to local dancers.
In Thailand, the Phoenix Singers invited university students to sing with
them on stage at each performance. In Asuncion, Paraguay, Leo Smits a
9
pianist-director,held a workshop for 30 local piano teachers on themorning before his concert.
Tours for most sports groups run about 40 days and cover three to fivecountries. Emphasis is placed on training through workshops, demon-strations,and work with local college and school coaches and young people.Some test matches and exhibitions are, of course, expected and arranged.The nine athletic teams sent abroad in 1967 visited small towns as wellas large capital cities. While basketball predominated, track, swimming,boxing, and even chess were represented. Swimmers and divers of Olympicrenown gave exhibitions in Japan and Mexico. Members of the Davis CupReserve Tennis Team demonstrated their techniques in five countries inAfrica and three in the Far East. The U.S. Student Chess Team was sentto Czechoslovakia to take part in the World Student Team Championship.(See page 17 for a list of performing artists and athletic teams sentoverseas in 1967.)
Grants-in-Aid. In addition to grants to individuals in fiscal year 1967,grants were made to various educational and private organizations engagedin educational and cultural exchange activities.
The Center for Cultural and Technical Interchange Between East and West(East-West Center), established by the Mutual Security Act of 1960, issupported through a grant-in-aid agreement with the University of Hawaii.Since its inception more than 8,000 students, technicians, and scholarsfrom 33 countries have participated in the Center's programs of promotinginterchange and better understanding between the United States and thenations of Asia and the Pacific through cooperative study, training, andresearch. During 1967, the Center's Institute for Student Interchangeawarded 599 grants to graduate students on the ratio of two Asians andone American; the Institute for '"echnical Interchange, which concentrateson short-term technical training programs for adults, trained 1,419 partic-ipants. The Institute of Advance Projects provided 115 grants to scholarsfor research study at the advanced professional level. In addition, theEast-West Center Press, estab,ished in 1962 to promote the exchange ofscholarly knowledge through interchange of books and original publications,published 25 books in 1967, bringing the total to 59 since it began pub-lishing. The growing program of conferences and seminars also promotesincreased interchange. Study, training, and research cover the fieldsof public health, medical technology, women's career development, tropicalagriculture, transportation, labor, education, administration, and science.
Assistance was given to 100 American-sponsored elementary 'and secondaryschools in 54 countries during the 1967-68 school year. (For additional
information, see the section on Office of Overseas Schools., page 18 ).
--
- 10 -
Funds were furnished to private groups and organizations, both in the
United States and abroad, which provide services to non-U.S. Government-
sponsored foreign students.* In 1967, the Bureau spent $271,549 on such
services. Part of these funds enabled U.S. posts in Korea, Hong Kong,
and Japan to give counseling to 21,000 students; supported similar services
in the United Kingdom and Belgium, countries from which many students from
developing countries seek to enter the United States; and helped to maintain
student counseling offices in Lima and Bangkok.
Seven U. S. universities were assisted in providing orientation and
intensified English language training for 568 students upon their entry
to the United States. Approximately half of the available funds went
to the National Association for Foreign Student Affairs (NAFSA) to improve
campus-level counseling of both sponsored and non-sponsored students and
enable 70 campus counselors to obtain some in-service training for this
work. In 1967, some 200 additional colleges and universities asked for
and received guidance, through NAFSA, on developing foreign student
counseling programs.
Grants averaging $1,000 each were given for affiliation projects between
69 U. S. and foreign colleges and universities. Projects included the
exchange of publications, texts and other research and teaching aids,
information on curricula developments, and interchanges of faculty and
students.
Other assistance included grants to American colleges and universities
which conduct junior year abroad projects and seminars for visiting
student leaders; to certain organizations for general support in the
operation of "teen-age" exchange programs; for projects for the estoblish-
ment of workshops and chairs in American studies in foreign unfversities;
to 10 U.S. universities which provided instruction required for foreign
"teacher development" grantees; and to various other projects which foster
the objectives of the international educational and cultural exchange program.
Facilitative Services
In an effort to minimize barriers at the governmental level to effective
interchange between peoples, the Bureau performs a variety of services to
individuals and organizations other than through its grant programs, and
in turn releives numerous services from them. In 1967, such services
included the following:
* The Fulbright-Hays Act authorized the use of Federal funds to improve the
experience of foreign students enrolled in D. S. educational institutions
under sponsorship other than that of the U. S. Government. In this regard,
considerable emphasis has been given to the support of the 4-year old field
service program of the National Association for Foreign Student Affairs
(NAFSA), designed to improve counseling and other.on-campus programs for
all foreign students.
Provision of programming assistance for both foreign visitorsto the United States and Americans traveling abroad undernon-governmental auspices.
Cooperation with American foundations and other privateorganizations active in the field of international educa-tional and cultural exchange in the planning and appraisalof programs and program needs.
Approval of qualified and reputable U.S. institutions whichapply as sponsors for the Exchange-Visitor Program. *
Consideration of applications of Exchange Visitors to waivethe 2-year residence abroad requirement. **
Consultations with both Americans and foreign citizens seekinginformation and advice on various aspects of the program.(Examples include discussions on the "Brain Drain" problemwith numerous Americans and some foreign.nationals and membersof the medical profession, as well as discussions with graduatestudents working in the field of international cultural affairs.)
Administration of the Program'
In carrying out the exchange program between the United State7 and some135 countries and territories of the world, the Assistant Secretary ofState for Educational and Cultural Affairs has the assikance of threedeputies and the staff of the Bureau. In addition, he relies on otherGovernment agencies, as well as private organizations and institutions,some of which work under contract, and on the services and counr3e1 ofspecially appointed boards and advisory commissions, both in the UnitedStates and abroad.
Public Advisory Bodies
The U. S. Advisory Commission on International Educational and CulturalAffairs was created by Congress under the Fulbright-Hays Act of 1961 toformulate and recommend to the President broad policies on the conduct ofinternational educational and cultural programs, and apPraise their efiec-tiveness. The nine members of the Commission are appointed by the Presidentlargely from the educational and cultural world.
The Advisory Committee on the Arts, established under the Fulbright-HaysAct of 1961 to advise the Department of State on exchange programs in thearts, performs an important role in assuring a high standard of appropri-ateness and excellence in the performing arts representatives sent abroad.The Committee is responsible for recommending the kinds of performing artswhich can most effectively represent the United States in the variousgeographic areas.
* Title 22, Chapter 1, Part 63, "Exchange-Visitor Program," Code ofFederal Regulations.
** Ibid.,Sec. 63.6.
- 12 -
The U.S. National Commission for UNESCO was created in 1946 under the act
of Congress which first authorized U.S. membership in UNESCO. Of its 100
members appointed by the U.S. Secretary of State, 60 are representatives
of national voluntary organizations; the others are drawn from the world
of educational, cultural, and public affairs. The Commission whoseSecretariat is provided by the Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs,
serves aS an advisor to the State Department in helping to plan UNESCO's
biennial program and budget and as a link between UNESCO and the American
people.
The Government Advisory Committee on International Book and Library
Programs, created in 1962 by the Secretary of State under the authority
of the Fulbright-Hays Act of 1961, is composed of nine leading representa-
tives of the book publishing industry, plus two educators and a librarian.
Its task is to assist the Department in a continuing review of U.S. Govern-
ment book and library programs being conducted abroad.
The Advisory Panel on International Athletics, created in 1965 under the
authority of Executive Order 11117 of August 13, 1963, was established by
the Department of State to assist in the planning and selection of exchange
programs involving athletes and coaches. Its 15 members are leading figures
from the spo-P:ts world, both professional and amateur.
The National Review Board for the Center for Cultural and Technical
Interchange Between East and West (East-West Center) was.established in
February 1965 under the authority of the Mutual Security Act of 1960
(Public Law 86-472), to represent the national interest and review the
programs and aperations of the East-West Center. The 10-member Board is
appointed by the Secretary of State from the educational, cultural,
technical, business, and public service world.
Interagency Policy Advisory Bodies
The principal interagency policy advisory body is the Council on Inter-
national Educational and Cultural Affairs, which was formed in January
1964 under authority of Section 6 of Executive Order 11034 of June 25,
1962 (see footnote on page 3). Membership of the Council, generally at
the sub-Cabinet level, includes representatives of the following agencies
which have programs that are essentially international and which involve
specialized and technical training activities, education and English
language training, and university study:
Department of State (Assistant Secretary for Educationaland Cultural Affairs, Chairman)
Agency for International Development (AID)
Department of Defense (DOD)Department.of Health, Education, and Welfare (HEW)
Peace Corps (PC)U. S. Information Agency (USIA)
- 13 -
In addition, representatives of other agencies act as observers to the
Council. The American Council on Education, a voluntary, non-governmental
agency, has a liaison status. The Council has a limited number of standing
committees, including the Interagency Committee on English Language Teach-
ing and the Interagency Committee on Books.
The Board of Foreign Scholarships
The supervision of the academic exchange program is the responsibility of
the Board of Foreign Scholarships. The Board, which has 12 members
appointed by the President, was created by Congress in 1946 under the
Fulbright Act, for the purpose of selecting academic grantees and partici-
pating institutions, and assuring the confidence and cooperation of the
academic world. The Board makes the final selection of all academic
grantees, and has overall supervision of the planning and conduct of the
acadmic exchange program both in the United States and abroad.
The Binational Educational Commissions
Established in 47* countries whichagreements with the United States,of distinguished foreign nationalsresponsible for the administrationwhere such Commissions exist.
have entered into educational eXchangethe Commissions are composed equallyand resident Americans. They areof the exchange program in each country
The Commissions formulate and recommend to the Board of Foreign Scholar-
ships the annual projects and programs under which the exchanges take
place each year. Under the general supervision of the Board, the Commis-
sions screen local candidates for grants, secure approval for qualified
local educational institutions to participate in the program, plan educa-
tional exchange projects, and supervise arriving American grantees.
Collaboration with USIA. The U. S. Information Service (USIS - represent-
ing USIA overseas) administers the educational and cultural exchange
activities of the Department of State abroad. In this connection, ruch
of the actual operation of the exchange program rests with the Cultural
Affairs Officer (CAO), who is the American official responsible for develop-
ing and enriching educational and cultural contacts between the United States
and his country of assignment.
* There are 48 countries with active educational exchange agreements.
Belgium and Luxembourg share in a single commission in Brussels.
- 14 -
Major Cooperating Agencies
Assisting the Board of Foreign Scholarships in screening American appli-
cants and placing foreign grantees in U.S. educational institutions are
three cooperating agencies:
The Conference Board of Associated Research Councils, which is a
private body representing leading private American professional
and scholarly organizations, works under contract to the Bureau
to do the initial recruiting and screening of American lecturers
and research scholars, and to nominate candidates for exchange
grants for selection by the Board of Foreign Scholarships. The
Conference Board also handles the placement and the arrangements
for foreign research scholars and lecturers in the United States.
The Institute of International Education (IIE), a private organi-
zation with long experience in international exchange, assists
the Bureau,under contract, with the exchange of college students.
IIE helps in preliminary screening of American student candidates
for exchange grants, arranges placement in U.S. colleges and univer-
sities for a large proportion of all foreign student grantees, and
provides supervisory services while they are in the United States.
The U. S. Office of Education, working under an agreement with
the Department of State, cooperates in the selection of American
and foreign teacher grantees, arranges for placement for foreign
teachers in American schools and for their training programs and
practical supervision in the United States, and assists in orien-
tation of foreign teachers arriving in the United States.
Cooperation with Other Governments and Intergovernmental Organizations
The Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs arranges for training,
including training by U.S. Government agencies which do not have independent
authority for such activities, for foreign nationals in the Unitf0 States
at the request of other governments* and certain intergovernmentaltbrgani-zations, such as the United Nations and its specialized agencies. It also
arranges for U.S. Government personnel to serve as consultants to foreign
governments on request. In both cases, the Department handles the receipt
and transfer of funds and gives policy and procedural guidance to overseas
posts, U.S. Government agencies, and foreign embassies in the United States.
In fiscal year 1968, under these cooperative arrangements, the U.S. Govern-
ment provided training for some 380 foreign citizens from 50 countries and
sent abroad 10 U. S. experts for consultations with foreign governments.
* As authorized by Sections 402 and 902 of the U. S. Information and
Educational Exchange Act of 1948.
- 15 -
Financing the Program
TOTAL FUNDS OBLIGATED FISCAL YEAR 126Z
B
Exchange of Persons:Exchanges with 135 countriesand territories $34,413,499
Assistance to High School(teen-age) Exchanges
Special Services for Non-grant Students
200,000
271,549
Volunteers to America 73,000
Total, Exchange of Persons $34,958,048
Special Educational and CulturalProjects (Support to OverseasInstitutes of American Studies, etc.) $ 720,549
Aid to American-Sponsored SchoolsAbroad 2,899,931
Cultural Presentations 1,606,397
Multilateral Organizations Activities 477,891
Program Services Cost 7,146,572
Administrative Expense 2,491,765
GRAND TOTAL $50,300,613
- 16 -
SOURCES OF FUNDS PROGRAMMED, FISCAL YEAR 1967
(in Dollars)
MUTUAL EDUCATIONAL AND CULTURAL EXCHANGEACT APPROPRIATION $46,462,846 *
OTHER FUNDS AVAILABLEInternational Educational ExchangeActivities (Special ForeignCurrency Program Appropriations) 437,711
Reserve Funds on Hand, BinationalEducational Foundations andCommissions 1,239,520
Contributions for Educational andCultural Exchange (Private Contri-butions for Cultural Presentations) 6,644
Educational Exchange Funds,Payment by Finland,World War I Debt 361,589
Foreign Government Contributionsto Cost-Sharing Agreements 1,702,695
Irish Counterpart Funds 89,608
Total Other Funds 3,837,767
GRAND TOTAL $50,300,613
* Excludes $537,154 unobligated balance lapsing.
- 17 -
Performing Artists and Athletic Teams Sent Overseas in Fiscal Year 1967 *
Professional Groups (16)
American Brass QuintetBoston Symphony PlayersCincinnati Syraphony OrchestraEastman Brass QuintetIowa String QuartetPauline Koner- Glenn Mack,
Dance-Piano TeamMarion Williams Trio (folk ballad)Martha Graham Dance CompanyMitchell-Ames-Contreras Dance TeamNew York Brass QuintetPaul Taylor Dance Company (modern
dance)Phoenix Singers (folk singers)Randy Weston Jazz BandRapier-Perry Piano-Oboe TeamSacramento Music TheaterFine Arts Quartet
Academic Groups (4)
Georgia State College Brass EnsembleHamline University ChoirNew Englanu Conservatory ChorusNorth Texas State Lab Band
Individual Artists (11)
Armenta Adams (pianist)Anthony di Bonaveatura (pianist)William Crofut (folk singer)Eric Friedman (violinist)Noel Lee (pianist)Marjorie Mitchell (pianist)Ann Schein (pianist)Hilde Somer (pianist)Leo Smit (pianist-director)Walter Trampler (violist)Fredd Wayne (one-man dramatic sketches)
Athletic Teams (9)
National Basketball TeamNAIA Basketball TeamKentucky Wesleyan University
Basketball TeamUniversity of Kentucky Basketball
TeamProfessional Basketball TeamStudent Chess TeamDavis Cup Reserve Team
bniversity Summer GamesBasketball Team; Track and FieldTeam (men and women); Swimming -Diving Team (men and women);Gymnast.
Second International Sports WeekSwimming and Diving Teams (menand women); Track and Field Team
* Most groups and individuals visited one or more countries and/or
geographical areas.
- 18 -
OFFICE OF OVERSEAS SCHOOLS(OFFICE OF THE DEPUTY ASSISTANT SECRETARY FOR OPERATIONS)
American-S onsored Schools Abroad
American-sponsored elementary and secondary schools abroad assisted by theDepartment of State and the Agency for International Development providedfor the education of 31,000 children of Americans serving overseas onGovernment, business, or private assignments during the 1967-68 schoolyear. At the same time, these schools enrolled nearly 25,000 non-Americanchildren from some 90 countries for a total enrollment of nearly 56,000children, an increase of nearly 10,000 within 2 years. Assistance wasprovided to the schools for two basic purposes: to enable the schools toprovide adequate educational opportunities for U. S. Government dependents,and to demonstrate American educational philosophy and practice to localeducators. The total number of schools receiving State Department andAID assistance during 1967-68 was 127, located in 74 countries in all parts
of the world.
The Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs helps to support a selectednumber* of such schools under provisions of the Fulbright-Hays Act, tobuild them up as demonstration centers of American educational methods,and to provide a point of valuable cultural contact for U. S. and selectedforeign young people. Evidence that these efforts have begun to bear fruitis seen in the involvement with the overseas schools program of a largenumber of outstanding U. S. school districts, colleges and universities,and professional education organizations.
Continuing efforts have been made in the attempt to enable American childrenenrolled in American schools abroad to share in benefits to stateside schoolsunder U. S. legislation. As a result, a number of in-service teacher train-ing institutes sponsored under the National Defense Education Act and bythe National Science Foundation have been conducted overseas specificallyfor the benefit of teachers instructing American children in American schoolsoverseas. Further, on the initiative of the Overseas Schools Policy Com-mittee, the U. S. Office of Education has requested the Congress to amendexisting legislation to permit inclusion of qualified American-sponsoredoverseas schools in various provisions of aid-to-education legislation.
The State Department has also enlisted the support of American businessfirms for American schools overseas. The Overseas Schools Advisory Council,composed of representatives of business firms and foundations whose de-pendent children attend the overseas schools, has developed plans to seeksystematic contributions to overseas schools on the basis of use.
* In 1967-68 it assisted 100 schools in 54 countries. Its contribution was
$2.03 million of the total $5.20 million provided by the State Departmentand AID.
- 19 -
INTERNATIONAL SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNOLOGICAL AFFAIRS
The Office of International Scientific and Technological Affairs (SCI)in the Department of State is the equivalent of a Bureau. Its Director,
ranking administratively with an Assistant Secretary, advises and assiststhe Secretary in the decision-making process wherever scientific andtechnological factors impinge upon U. S. foreign relations.
In more detail, SCI's responsibilities include the following:
It develops plans and contributes to the formulation of policies
and proposals for U. S. international science and technologyprograms and activities, including the organization of technical
support for U. S. participation.
It represents the Department in international negotiations and
on interdepartmental committees and working groups having to dowith scientific and technological programs related to U. S.foreign policy and international relations, and in the exchangeof scientific or technological personnel and information.
It coordinates within the Department and between the Department
and other organizations, governmental and nan-governmental,matters concerned with science and technology, including peaceful
uses of atomic energy, space, and the environmental sciences.
It provides guidance on activities affecting U. S. foreignpolicy and international relations which are carried on byscientific and technical agencies of the U. S. Government, and
by the non-official U. S. scientific and technological community.
In collaboration with the regional bureaus, it directs theScience Attache program.
In concrete terms recent activity has embraced, among other things,
such matters as:
Outer Space. Participation in formulating and completing theOuter Space Treaty, in devising space activity plans for the
1970s from the viewpoint of U.S. relations abroad, in antici-Pating political problems posed by the worldwide effects ofsatellite developments (such as communications, weather monitor-
ing, and remote sensing), and in seeking meaningful cooperation
in space.
Atomic Energy. Promoting renewal and extension of agreements
with other countries which are concerned with safeguards and
the provision of fuels, equipment, and the exploitation of
peaceful nuclear explosive devices, together with similar actions
within the framework of the International Atomic Energy Agency.
Environmental Sciences. Oceanography. Seeking rational approaches
to cooperation in these sciences as they become increasingly in
their development the concern of the international community.
International Scientific Agreements. Promotion, as with Italy
in 1967, of a Cooperative Program in Science embracing particu-larly cooperative scientific research in selected projects.Variations of this may be worked out with some interesteddeveloping countries. SCI participates in developing the
Punta del Este program for Latin American science and tech-
nology. Other scientific agreements are being negotiated,with Public Law 480 a factor.
U. S. Science Presence at the United Nations. The monitoring ofthe increasingly complex science advisory and action bodies at
the United Nations and its agencies to improve the U. S. contri-
bution to a logical program of science, technology, and research
for the developing countries. Other regional science programs,
i.e.: Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development(OECD), North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO), and CentralTreaty Organization (CENTO), are SCI's responsibility with respect
to the U. S.
Scientists' Travel. Facilitation of the exchange and travel ofscientists throughout the world and to the U. S. in.pursuit of
research and scientific discussions and for international meetings.
This may involve work specifically with U. S. bodies, such as the
National Academy of Sciences and the National Science Foundation.
OFFICE OF EXTERNAL RESEARCH(BUREAU OF INTELLIGENCE AND RESEARCH)
The Office of External Research works to develop and maintain a steady
exchange of information and ideas among Government officials, both re-
searchers and policy-makers, and private scholars engaged in research on
foreign affairs. All activities of the Office reflect the conviction that
research, both in and out of Government, offers insight and knowledge vital
to the conduct of policy. External Research activities include:
Arranging for private scholars to advise the State Department
on policy-related problems of research and analysis, as consul-
tants or contractors.
Staff support for the interdepartmental Foreign Area ResearchCoordination Group (FAR)*, whose program is designed to improve
the quality and relevance of Government-sponsored research on
foreign affairs, and to facilitate cooperation between Govern-
ment and private research.
* See membership listing on next page.
- 21 -
Maintaining the FAR Documentation Center, which each monthlends to Government officers some 700 non-Government researchpapers dealing with foreign affairs.
Staff services for the State Department Foreign Affairs ResearchCouncil, established under Presidential order in 1965 to reviewproposals for Government contract research on foreign areas andinternational affairs.
Sponsorship of symposia and conferences that bring togetherGovernment research officers and private scholars fromuniversities and research organizations.
Publishing studies supported by the Office, specializedbibliographies, directories of research institutions, andother reports and research lists.
* FAR Membership:
Chairman - Deputy Director, Bureau of Intelligence and Research,Department of State
Agency for InternationalDevelopment
Arms Control and DisarmamentAgency
Department of AgricultureCentral Intelligence AgencyDepartment of Defense
(Advanced Research ProjectsAgency, Defense Research andEngineering, InternationalSecurity Affairs, DefenseIntelligence Agency, Depart-ments of the Air Force, Army,and Navy)
Department of Health, Education,and Welfare
Department of Labor
Department of State(Bureau of Educational andCultural Affairs,Bureau of Intelligence andResearch)
Executive Office of thePresident
National Academy of Sciences(observer)
National Aeronautics andSpace Administration
National Endowment for theHumanities
National Science FoundationPeace Corps (observer)Smithsonian InstitutionU. S. Information Agency
- 22 -
AGENCY FOR INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT
The Agency for International Development (AID) was established by
Executive Order No. 10973 issued November 3, 1961. The Executive Order,
promulgated pursuant to the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 which autho-
rized the President to exercise his functions under the act through such
agency as he right direct, made AID an agency of the Department of State.
AID superseded the International Cooperation Administration (ICA).
AID has responsibility for carrying out nonmilitary U.S. foreign assis-
tance programs and for continuous supervision and general direction of
all assistance programs under the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 and acts
making appropriations thereunder. It also carries out certain functions
under the Act of September 8, 1960, to provide for Latin American develop-
ment and Chilean reconstruction, and under the Agricultural Trade Develop-
ment and Assistance Act of 1954, as amended (Public Law 480).
The AID Administrator reports directly to the Secretary of State and the
President and is charged with central direction and responsibility for the
economic assistance program and coordination of the military and economic
assistance programs. There are four regional Assistant Adoinistrators,
one each for Latin America, Africa, the Near East and South Asia, and
East Asia. There is a special Assistant Administrator for Viet-Nam. In
addition there are Assistant Administrators for Program and Policy Coordi-
nation, Private Resources, Administration, and the War on Hunger. AID
Missions assigned to most of the participating countries develop the
country programs in cooperation with the host governments.
Principal Programs
The programs which AID administers fall into the following major categories:
Development Loans: To promote economic development through loans repayable
in dollars to less developed friendly countries and areas. Emphasis is
placed on assisting long-range plans and programs designed to develop
economic resources and increase productive capabilities, taking into
account certain statutory criteria, such as contribution to long-range
economic development objectives and self-help measures.
Develo ment rants and Technical Coo eration: To provide assistance to
less developed friendly countries and areas to promote economic development,
with emphasis on education and the development of human resources through
programs of technical cooperation and the establishment of selected basic
facilities.
Investment Quaranties: To facilitate and increase participation of private
enterprise in furthering the development of the economic resources and
7-7777,.11Wmw7.
,
- 23 -
productive capacities of less developed friendly countries and areas, byassuring protection to such investments against specified political risks,
or protecting them in part against all risks, in accordance with section
221 of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961.
Investment Surveys: To encourage and promote the undertaking by privateenterprise of surveys of investment opportunities, other than surveys of
extraction opportunities, in less developed friendly countries by financ-
ing up to 50 percent of the costs of surveys undertaken subject to the
terms of section 231 of the Act.
DevelopmentResearch: To increase the effectiveness of economic develop-ment activities, research and evaluation studies are authorized to develop
new or improved tools and techniques, with emphasis on (1) techniques fordeveloping both human and natural resources of less developed nations,
(2) the adaptation of available technology to the environmental conditions,and (3) the effects of economic change on social and political institutions.
International Organizations: To provide voluntary contributions on a grant
basis to international organizations and programs administered by inter-
national organizations in accordance with section 301 of the Act.
SupportingAssistance: To provide assistance to friendly countries to
promote economic and political stability. This type of assistance is
designed primarily for nations which are making an important contribution
to the Free World defense through their military and internal security
forces, by granting United States base rights, and by contributing to
regional defense alliance arrangements (NATO and CENTO - the Central Treaty
Organization).
ContingencyFund: To meet urgent requirements unforeseen at the time ofthe congressional presentation that may arise during the fiscal year for
any category of economic assistance upon a determination that the use of
the funds is important to the national interest.
Alliance for Progress: To provide technical and financial cooperation
among the American Republics to improve and strengthen democratic insti-
tutions through self-help, and comprehensive and well conceived national
programs for economic and social development. Through this program,
assistance is being made available to help the free countries of Latin
America carry out plans for social and economic development.
Public Law 480: AID administers certain local currency programs under
Title I, principally loans and grants for economic development, loans
primarily to American business firms ("Cooley Amendment"), and military
assistance. The Agency also administers Title II and, under an agreement
with the Department of Agriculture, performs certain functions under
Title III.
-24-
Technical Coo eration and Development Grants
Activities formerly financed from technical cooperation funds are nowfinanced principally with development grants. These grants are used to
develop programs which:
Assist cooperating countries to develop human skills and atti-tudes to create and support the institutions necessary for social,economic, and political grawth and development.
Assist the returned participant in developing and transmitting newideas and introducing them into his work situation and beyond this,to enhance his interest in the country's economic and socialdevelopment.
Engender broader affirmative attitudes toward the United Statesand its people and institutions.
Improve and expand those institutional structures and practiceswhich contribute to economic, social,and political developmentand formulate long-range plans for their evolution.,
Office of International Trainin
A basic element of the AID technical assistance program is the trainingof host nationals (referred to as "participants") under the AID Office ofInternational Training. Each year approximately 5,000 participants arrivein the United States and 2,000 go to other countries (Third Country Train-
ing) to acquire the knowledge and skills necessary to help carry out theircountries programs for economic and social development. The areas oftraining include any discipline required by the host government to meet
these objectives.
The major areas of training are in the fields of agriculture, labor,
health, education, transportation,and public administration. The selection
of the participants is determined jointly by the host government and the
U.S. mission, in terms of experience, aptitude,and position in his govern-ment, with consideration given to leadership potential. The approved
objectiv'es of the individual program determine its length, ranging from
6-week observation tours to those of academic duration.
The Office of International Training establishes Agency policy on all
training activities. In arranging programs to conform to required objec-tives the Office uses both direct and indirect programming procedures. In
direct programs, the Office of International Training consigns to univer-
sities and public or private facilities programs in their area of compe-
tence. In indirect programming, it delegates this responsibility to other
Federal agencies or departments. Under both categories, all sectors of
the United States take part in this international endeavor: Federal, State,
city, and county agencies; industrial, managerial, and economic firms andcomplexes; universities, colleges, and schools at all levels; as well ascommunity and home hospitality organizations, and citizen volunteer groups.
Altogether 92,281 participants have received training in the United States
under AID and its predecessor organizations since 1950; in addition,
1,736 persons were trained prior to 1950. The following tables indicatethe numbers of participants by types of training and by geographic region
of origin.
I. Fiscal Year 126.7 Partivit
Arrivals
U.S. Non-Contract
U.S. Contract
5,253
1,474
Exclusive 3rd Country 4,435
Total 11,162
In Training102partures On Board 6/2167
8,831 5,407 3,424
3,173 1,200 1,973
3,448 2,266 1,182
15,452 8,873 6,579
II. Participants in the United States
Geographic Region EL16Arrival_6FY In-Trainingof Origin
East Asia/Vie.c-Nam
Near East/South Asia
Africa
Latin America
Non-Contract Contract Non-Contract Contract
1,032 46 1,661 87
936 188 1,662 365
1,104 319 2,506 953
2,181 921 3,002 294
Total 5,253 1,474 8,831 1,699
- 26 -
AID has established agreements with other Federal agencies under whichit provides financial support to their training staffs. In fiscal year1967, the following agencies arranged or shared in arranging programsfor training AID participants:
Agency or Other Organization Number Programmed*
Department of Agriculture 846Department of Labor 601
Department of Health, Education,and Welfare 482Department of Transportation 196Department of Interior 101
Department of the Treasury 92
Department of Commerce 91
Housing and Urban Development 70
Post Office Department 11
Department of Defense 9
Federal Communications Commission 2
Office of Technical Cooperation, San Juan, P.R. 60
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Department of Labor 2
Private Organizations 91
Total 2,654
AID arranged programs for 259* participants and in addition, shared inarranging programs for approximately 156* participants with the above-listedagencies.
University Contracts
A lesser but integral part of the training program is implemented throughcontracts between host governments and U.S. institutions based on specificinstitution-building needs. These contracts may be on a university-to-university basis or may involve use of U.S. managerial or industrialexpertise. Since 1955, AID and its predecessor agencies have conducteda variety of technical cooperation activities through the medium ofuniversity contracts. The following table shaws the number and dollarcosts of such contract activities by geographic region as of December 31,1967:
Area Number ofCountries
East Asia & Viet-Nam 4Near East/South Asia 5Africa 13
Latin America 17
Number of U.S.Universities
NuMber ofContracts
10 10
22 36
33 4831 50
Amount inDollars
$ 13,261,38968,171,77184,942,89733,242,937
Total 39 -9T 144 $199,618,994
* Includes only those who arrived in the United States in FY 1967.
- 27 -
Contract and Other U.S. Technicians Serving Abroad
Although the number of U.S. universities is listed as 96, only 67 of these
are engaged in technical cooperation activities abroad and some universities
are operating in more than one area. Excluded are such contracts as those
with the Government of Puerto Rico. Within the countries participating in
AID programs, training and advisory services are provided by technicians
detailed to it by other U.S. Government agencies, or provided under contract
arrangements with American universities and private firms. The following
table shows the geographic distribution of the 7,865 American technicians
assigned to projects overseas as of June 30, 1967:
Area U.S. GovernmentEm lo ees
East Asia/Viet-Nam 2,664
Near East/South Asia 797Africa 703
Latin America 958
Non-Regional 30
Total 5,152
Contract TotalEm lo ees
576416767954.0.1MMI*
3,2401,2131,4701,912
30
2,713 7,865
The 100,000th participant will be leaving the United States during fiscal
year 1968. The Office of International Training is confident that the
AID bilateral technical assistance projects will bring lasting benefits to
the cooperating countries. They will encourage the development of human
skills and attitudes needed to create and support the institutions necessary
for social, economic,and political growth.
The AID Education Program
AID has increased its funds in recent years to support education and training
projects for the developing nations. In fiscal year 1965, the Agency obligated
$131 million; in fiscal year 1966 obligations amounted to $137 million; and in
fiscal year 1967 obligations were $189 million. These figures reflect educa-
tional activities in agriculture, health,and other fields as well as education
in the narrower sense. They include costs of training foreign nationals in
the United States and in third countries and assistance given to American
universities overseas such as the American University of Beirut, Robert College,
and the American University in Cairo. They also include contributions of about
$24 million annually to international organizations for educational programs
such as those sponsored by the United Nations or its Specialized Agencies.
A higher p ) tAon of AID assistance was directed to primary education in
earlier yea/. Now, increased emphasis is being placed on higher education,
secondary and vocational education, and teacher training. About 400,000
teachers have been graduated from colleges and other schools established in
the developing countries with AID assistance. These graduates now comprise
75% of the teachers in Ethiopia, 35% in Pakistan, 35% in Viet-Nam, 35% in
Laos, and 34% in Nicaragua.
.410:441*.444iN
- 28 -
PEACE CORPS
The Peace Corps, a semi-autonomous agency within the Department of State,was established pursuant to the direction and authority contained inExecutive Order 10924 of March 1, 1961. It now operates under the author-ity of the Peace Corps Act (Public Law 87-293) of September 22, 1961.
The threefold purpose of the Peace Corps is the provision of qualifiedmen and women to interested countries to help those countries meet theirneeds for trained manpower, the promotion of a better understanding ofthe American people on the part of the peoples served, and the promotionof a better understanding of other peoples on the part of the Americanpeople. In response to specific requests from host country governments,the Peace Corps sends carefully selected and well trained Volunteersoverseas for a term of service which is normally 24 to 27 months. Theyserve within the framework of local institutions and live at a levelcomparable to that of their host-country co-workers. Peace CorpsVolunteers may also be utilized to support existing programs of theUnited States, the United Nations, or other international organizations.
Regional Offices
In its operation the Peace Corps is divided into four geographicalregions:
Africa (AF)East Asia and Pacific (EAP)Latin America (LA)North Africa, Near East and South Asia (NANESA)
The Director of each region, supported by a staff, is responsible to theDirector of the Peace Corps; he supervises the entire range of regionaloperations including programming, administration:and staff procurement(assisted by other offices within the Peace Corps). He is assisted inthese functions by the several Country Operations Officers (Desk Officers)who are responsible for the necessary liaison with overseas CountryDirectors.
Since late 1967, training, formerly handled by the Office of Training,is now the responsibility of each region. Each region has a training
coordinator. This change was made to insure maximum response to thetraining requirements of each country project.
Functional Offices
Office of the Executive Secretariat (EXSEC). The Executive Secretary
serves as the focal point for executive actions and communications from
and to the Director.
- 29 -
Office of Congressional Liaison (CL). This office coordinates all agencyrelations with Congress and is the Agency's chief point of Congressionalcontact.
Office of Administration (A). The Director of the Office of Adminis-tration is responsible for the formulation, recommendationond imple-mentation of management policy and programs necessary for the efficientconduct of world-wide Peace Corps programs. He is responsible for thereview of Peace Corps programs in the light of administrative require-ments and availabilities and, in addition, provides leadership anddirection to all elements of the Agency in the areas of personnel admini-stration, data processing, overseas administrative supportland services.
The Office of Administration is presently organized into the followingunits:
Data Processing ServicesDivision of PersonnelDivision of Administrative Support and ReviewDivision of Administrative Services
Office of Financial Management (FM). This office is comprised of threedivisions which are responsible for the financial, budgetary,and contract-ing functions of the Peace Corps.
The Division of Budget is responsible for developing and justifying the
Peace Corps budget; issuing operating budgets for all posts, trainingcenters,and the Peace Corps Washington offices; reprogramming funds;and developing and implementing procedures to assure more effective plan-ning,management,and control of Peace Corps financial resources.
The Division of Accounting and Finance develops Agency-wide accounting
and financial reporting procedures, keeps the Agency's accounting records,
prepares financial statements, and is responsible for staff payrolling
and payment of all bills for the Peace Corps Washington office, the train-
ing centers,and various overseas posts.
The Division of Contracts is responsible for the negotiation and adminis-
tration of contracts for training, overseas support, research, and
language and other training materials.
Office of Evaluation (OE). The primary responsibility of the Office of
Evaluation is to provide the Director and other policy determining
officers of the Peace Corps with constructive criticism and analyses
of all significant areas of Peace Corps operations. Involved are eval-
uations of overseas and training programs which involve regular visitsto each country within which the Peace Corps conducts programs.
Office of the General Counsel (GC). The General Counsel as chief legalofficer of the Peace Corps, is responsible for all matters of law involv-ing the Peace Corps. He is responsible for furnishing all necessaryadvice and assistance to Peace Corps officials regarding the potentialor actual legal consequences for the Peace Corps of action proposed ortaken by Peace Corps trainees, Volunteers,and staff. The areas of re-sponsibility include review of policy formulations and regulations,legislative drafting, participating in congressional presentations,review of administrative determinationsland related matters.
Office of Medical Programs (AED). This office is responsible for medicalcare of Volunteers and trainees, medical evaluation and clearance of allVolunteers and trainees, providing consultatlon and technical advice tothe Peace Corps on the planning, training and implementation of healthprojectsland maintaining liaison with the Bureau of Employees' Compensa-tion. The office is responsible for developing medical policy,
implementation of all professional medical and dental care, monitoring
the effectiveness of VoluntFer and trainee health care, and is directlyinvolved in planning and developing all health programs including familyplanning. It is also responsible for recruiting overseas medical staff,some of whom are Commissioned Officers of the U.S. Public Health Service.Any physician is eligible to become a staff member.
The office is organized as follows:
Regional Medical OfficePsychiatric ProgramHealth Programs AdvisorsMedical Processing Branch
Office of Planning, Program Review, and Research (OPR). This office is
responsible to the Director of the Peace Corps for long range planning,review of programs and training plans developed overseas, and re-
search. Involved in this responsibility is the supervision of the Plan-ning _Programming - and Budgeting System (PPBS) review of program requests
and training plans, and allocation of Volunteers after the review of
program proposals. The office also serves as a staff resource to regionaland other offices of the Peace Corps in the areas of education, agri-
culture, health, community development, vocational education, and teaching
English as a second language.
There are three subdivisions to this office:
Division of Language TrainingDivision of ResearchDivision of Institutional Relations
-31-
The Division of Language Training.advises on all matters relating to
foreign language training, suggests procedures and policies for the
language training of Volunteers and staff, and coordinates the develop-
ment of necessary language text and related training aids.
The Division of Research conducts systematic studies of Peace Corps
operations, from recruiting and selection to training and programming,
with emphasis on careful analytical design and scientific method.
The Division of Institutional Relations is responsible for maintaining
contact with individuals in colleges, universitieslor other institutions
who wish to explore areas of mutual interest and possible further involve-
ment with the Peace Corps.
Office of Public Affairs (PA). The primary responsibility of this office
is the recruitment of sufficient applicants to meet the diverse and expand-
ing programmed needs of the Agency in numbers, skills,and quality.
Recruitment is dependent upon sustaining the continuing favor of Peace
Corps in the public realm. The most vital public is the potential and
returned Volunteer and those persons of influence who imnediately
surround them.
The Office of Public Affairs is organized in three divisions:
Campus Recruiting (including Specialized Recruiting)
Applicant ServicesSpeakers Bureau
0
Office of Public Information (PI). The Office of Pbblic Information is
responsible for assuring that the American public is informed of the
programs, needs,and accomplishments of the Peace Corps. The office pro-
vides public relations guidance to Peace Corps officials in the formula-
tion and execution of the Agency's policies and programs.
The Director and Deputy Director of Public ,Information serve as Peace
Corps spokesmen whose duties involve the preparation and dissemination
of materials concerning the Peace'Corps both in the United States and
overseas. Involved in these aCtivities dare research and data collection,
dissemination of information through necessary communications medic, and
other activities in support of the public information function.
Office of Selection (SEL). The Director of the Office of Selection is
responsible for the development and implementation of all policies and
- 32 -
procedures for the selection of Peace Corps Volunteers, from receipt of
application to overseas departure. He is also responsible for reviewing
all Peace Corps programs to determine the skill, educational background,
and other characteristics of Volunteers required for specific projects
against the availability of appropriate applicants. In addition, he
directs and coordinates the activities of a large staff of professional
behavioral scientists in the assessment of trainees for overseas service
with the Peace Ccrps.
Research on the validity of selection procedures and recommendations for
improvements in the selection process is also performed by the Office of
Selection.
These responsibilities are carried out through the three following
divisions:
Division of ApplicantsDivision of Control and Planning
Division of Programs and Operations
Office of Volunteer Support (OVS). This office serves the administrative
and the personal needs of the Volunteer from the time he enters training
through his completion of service, and often beyond. Through the opera-
tion of each of its eight divisions, the office provides for Volunteer
travel, financing, technical information and support,and post-Peace Corps
career information and counselling. Special concerns are the revision
and development of Agency policies affecting Volunteers and the respon-
sibility for consistent communication and application of Peace Corps
policies to all Volunteers. In addition OVS handles emergency leave and
early termination of Volunteers, and all extensions, re-enrollments,and
other Volunteer status changes; keeps continuing statistics on Volunteers;
and publishes a monthly magazine for the exchange of Volunteer opinion.
The Office of Volunteer Support is organized into the following units:
Career Information Service (concerned with returned and
returning Volunteers)Reports and Special Studies
Special Services
Volunteer AdministrationVolunteer FinanceVolunteer LiaisonVolunteer MagazineVolunteer Travel
- 33 -
Support/Advisory Units
The following organizations provide special support and advice to theDirector of the Peace Corps to assist him in carrying out his responsi-bility for the design and conduct of Peace Corps programs:
National Millsory Council (NAII)I The Peace Corps Act specificallyauthorizo the establishment of a Peace Corps National Advisory Councilto advis9 .-he President of the United States with regard to the policiesand program, authorized by the Act. The Council is chaired by the VicePresident of the United States, is composed of 25 distinguished citizens,normally meets twice a yearIand is kept abreast of Agency developmentsby the Executive Secretariat. The Council normally utilizes ad hoccommittees to deal with particular problems and to prepare guidance forthe Council, the Director of the Peace Corps,and the President of theUnited States,
National Voluntary Service ProgramslEall Activities under Title III ofthe Peace Corps Act are carried out by the Director of NVSP. He is re-sponsible for formulating and carrying out programs of technical assis-tance relating to volunteer programs in other countries. His responsi-bilities involve assistance to countries which are considering volunteerprograms in other developing naticns, assisting developing countries orareas to establish domestic volunteer programs, and advising the Directorof the Peace Corps on the development and implementation of United Statespolicy regarding participation in the International Secretariat forVolunteer Service, an intergovernmental organization of which the UnitedStates Government is a member.
School Partnership Program (SPP). The Director of the School PartnershipProgram is responsible for the coordination and expansion of partnershipsbetween American schools and communities overseas in a program of self-help school construction. He is therefore responsible for stimulatinginterest and participation in the p:ogram, planning and coordination ofschool partnership projects, and developing and supervising the operationof the School Partnership Program overseas under which funds raised byUnited States schools are matched with funds and other contributions raisedby host country schools. It has authority to operate in countries bothwhere Peace Corps Volunteers are placed and where no Peace Corps Programsexist.
In the short period of 4 years, 948 schools in 46 States of the Union havebecome participants in the School Partnership Program. Under this programthe Peace Corps makes it possible for a U.S. school to sponsor the buildingof a school overseas, usually four rooms in size. The American school raisesapproximately $1,000 - $1,500, the estimated amount necessary for purchaseof construction materials. The host country contributes the labor and land.
-34-
Thus far, the Partnership Program has contributed to: 262 schools in
Latin America where there is a shortage of more than 200,000 classrooms;
182 schools in Africa; 129 schools in the region of North Africa, Near
East, and South Asia; and 93 schools in the East Asia/Pacific area.
Staff:Training Center (ST). This Center is responsible for the training
of overseas staff including direct-hire and contractors' overseas repre-
sentatives. It insures that each new staff member is adequately prepared
before departing for overseas assignment. To accomplish these objectives,
the Center performs the functions of designing and operating an up-to-
date training program, coordinating the schedule and needs of each new
staff member with the Regions, and arranging for necessary language
training. It also provides, upon request, special training programs for
overseas administrative assistants, staff dependents, Peace Corps Washington
stall4 and Peace Corps physicians.
Talent Search (TS). Talent Search is a unit located within the Office of
the Director of the Peace Corps under the direction of a Special Assistant
to the Director. The office is organized to locate, recrui% and initiate
interviews with candidates judged to be outstanding prospects for Peace
Corps employment, and is responsible for the recruitment, processing,and
review of all overseas Peace Corps assignments and senior Peace Corps/
Washington appointments.
Operations
The first group of Peace Corps Volunteers entered training in June 1961.
The following table shaws the projected geographic distribution of
Volunteers as of June 30, 1968.
ittrakalTotal Overseas
Africa 2,935
East Asia/Pacific 2,442
Latin America 3,985
North Africa, Near East, South Asia 1,870
TOTAL 11,232
The principal field of activity is education (elementary, secondary,
university, English language, adult, physical, vocational,and agricultural).
Other important fields include public works, rural and urban community
action, health, and agricultural extension. In fiscal year 1967, obligations
for the program totalled $107.5 million.
- 35 -
,. 8. INFORMATION AGENCY
Creation and Authoriq
The United States Information Agency (USIA) was established by Reorgani-
zation Plan No. 8 of 1953, dated August 1, 1953. It carries on inter-
national informational, educational,and cultural activities authorized
by the United States Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948
(Public Law 402, 80th Congress, the Smith-MUndt Act), as amended, and the
Mutual Educational and Cultural Exchange Act of 1961 (Public Law 87-256,
the Fulbright-Hays Act). While there are several other statutory and
executive authorities that affect its organization and activities, the
Agency's principal sources of authority are, in addition to the above-named
two Acts, Reorganization Plan No, 8 itself, Exeautive Order No. 10477,
dated August 1, 1953, as amended, and Executive Order No. 11034, dated
June 25, 1962. In accord with Congressional intent, Agency materials are
produced for overseas use and are neither distributed nor made available
to the U.S. public.
Mission
In carrying out the mission assigned by law and Presidential directive,
USIA:
Supports the foreign policy of the United States by direct
communications with people of other nations.
Builds understanding of the United States, its institutions,
culture,and policies among other people; and shares with
them information, thought,and experience that can contribute
toward achieving mutual goals.
Advises the U.S. Government on public opinion abroad and its
implications for the United States.'
SpecificallztMs means that USIA:
Serves as official voice of the U.S. Government through'the
media and through the USIS role as press spokesman for the
Ambassador and Country Team abroad.
Informs foreign audiences about the United States, U.S. policies,
and issues of mutual cohcel.n.
Provides, through the Voice of America: an accurate, objective,
and comprehensive service of world news.
Acts as an advocate for the views and policies of the United
States, correcting distortions of our position and falsehoods
about our country.
Advises within the Executive Branch on foreign oiinion.
Plays a role in the cultural relations of the United States
with other nations, both through its own programs and through
its responsibility for administering abroad the educational
and cultural programs of the Department of State.
United States Information Agency staffs abroad, acting under the super-
vision of the Chiefs of Mission, are responsible for the conduct of public
information, public relationsond cultural activities for agencies of the
United States Government except for Commands of the Department of Defense.
Organization and Functions
Under the Director of the Agency and two Deputy Directors are included
six Assistant Directors responsible for USIA operations in specific
foreign geographic regions; four Assistant Directors responsible for the
following media elements: Broadcasting (Voice of America), Motion Pic-
tures and Television, Press and Publications, and Information Centers;
four Assistant Directors responsible for Administration, Personnel and
Training, Public Information., and Security; a General Counsel; and an
Inspector General. Overall policy direction and planning of Washington
and field programs is the responsibility of the Deputy Director (Policy
and Research).
The Office of Policy and Research (I0P) formulates basic information
policies, themes, and program emphases for the Agency. It obtains
policy and background information from the Department of State ane other
sources and prepares policy guidance for operating elements of the Agency.
It coordinates media output so that the content will accurately reflect
Agency policy and emphasis, and it conducts research to identify audiences
which the Agency should reach and to assess the effectiveness of activities
conducted by the Agency. Members of the Office maintain liaison with the
White House,Departments of State and Defense, and other agencies.
Field Operations: In foreign countries the Agency'S offices are known as
the United States Information Service (USIS) and operate as an integral
part of the U.S. Diplomatic Mission in each country. At the head of each
USIS operation is a Country Public Affairs Officer (CPAO), who is a member
of the "Country Team" under the Chief of the U.S. Diplomatic Mission.
The USIS staffs are responsible chiefly for carrying out the USIA programs
for their respective countries. USIS staffs administer the State Depart-
ment's international educational and cultural exchange programs overseas.
They also assist foreign publishers to produce books helpful for under-
standing American objectives and policies. These books are sold at prices
which local populations can afford.
- 37 -
The Broadcasting Service (IBS) produces and broadcasts, through the Voiceof America, radio programs in English and 36 foreign language services.VOA broadcasts are beamed by 92 transmitters here and abroad, with a totalpawer of 15 million watts; and new and more powerful facilities are under
construction.
The Motion Picture and Television Service (IMV) contracts for the pro-duction of, or otherwise acquires, motion pictures in appropriatelanguages for use abroad in commercial theaters or for shawing by USISposts. It produces or acquires television films and tapes for posts toplace on local television stations and networks in countries overseas.It furnishes USIS posts with necessary equipment, supplies, technical
services,and direction for motion picture and television programs.
An estimated 900 million people annually see USIA films, and USIA tele-
vision programs have been telecast by over 2,000 TV stations in'more
than 86 countries.
The Press and Publications Service (IPS) produces a wide variety of
editorial materials for placement by USIS posts overseas in local news-papers and periodicals and for use in post publications. It produces
and operates the Wireless File to all areas of the world via radioteletype,
which transmits daily more than 10,000 words of material consisting of
texts of major speeches and statements of general interest by U.S. leaders,
plus items o;iregional interest. The Wireless File also carries impor-
tant news items to keep both Embassy and USIS officers directly informed
of developments that are usually inadequately covered by local news media.
IPS provides posts with general and regional feature service photographs
and pictui.e stories, plastic printing plates, "paper shaw" exhibits,
magazines, pamphlets, posters, magazine reprints, and cartoon booklets.
Regional Service Centers in Manila, Beirut, and Mexico City furnish
posts with press and photo supplies and equipment and offers them tech-
nical advice. These three centers also publish 18 periodicals in 14
languages which are distributed in 107 foreign countries.
Three major magazines currently published by USIA are: America Illus-trated,Russian for distribution in the USSR and in Polish for Poland;
English and French language editions of Topic for Africa; and English
and Spanish editions of the scholarly Problems of Communism, for world-
wide distribution.
The Information Center Service (ICS) furnishes technical direction,
materialsland assistance to information centers, libraries, and binational
cultural centers. It promotes the distribution of American books in
English and local languages, to individuals and institutions of particular
local significance. It designs and contracts for the construction of
al
exhibits reflecting American culture and achievement. It supports the
English teaching programs of USIS, binational centers, special English
teaching institutes,and seminars by providing consultative services and
teaching materials. It also adsists with the production of English teach-
ing lessons broadcast by radio over VOA and by television.
USIA maintains 226 information centers and reading rooms in 88 countries.
These contain 2 million vclumes, nearly a quarter of which are in foreign
languages. Some 20 million persons visit the information centers and
reading rooms each year (and borraw about 5 million books). The infor-
mation centers operate film and music programs, lecture tours, exhibits,
and civic development activities, and sponsor American studies.
Including books in translation, English reprints, and low-priced export
editions, USIA has assisted publishers in producing approximately 135
million copies of more than 15,000 editions since 1950. USIA assistance
is predicated upon the publisher's agreement to sell the br.7ks so publish-
ed at prices which those whom we wish to reach can afford.
USIA keeps about 150 small exhibits circulating at all times, and many
USIS posts prepare their own exhibits locally.
To varying degrees, USIA supports 131 binational centers, of which 111
are in Latin America. Support ranges from assignment of professionally
trained Americans to simple provision of materials. Through classes,
seminars, cultural programs, and teaching of English (a major source of
revenue), the centers help nurture understanding 'between the people of
host countries and the United States.
Special International EXhibitions. By special appropriation, USIA
provides funds, supervises and coordinates the design, construction,
installation, operation and administration of U.S. exhibits at selected
international fairs; labor missions and trade missions in conjunction
with such exhibitions or independently; and special exhibits for pre-
sentation in the USSR and other locations in East EUrope. Major exhibits
have been especially effective in reaching audiences in the USSR and
countries of Eastern Europe. The "Hand Tools, usAn exhibit, for examplb,
was visited by more than 2 1/2 million Hungarians, Romanians, Poles,
Russians, Bulgarians, and Yugoslays in 1966-67. The exhibit "Industrial
Design, USA" in initial shawings at Moscow, Kiem, and Leningrad was reviewed
by over 831,000 persons during the first half of calendar year 1967.
The Agency participates in world's fairs abroad. The most recent example
of such participation was the Expo 67 exhibition at Montreal. Similar
participation is planned for the 1970 World Exposition at Osaka, Japan.
In fiscal year 1967, USIA appropriations totalled $172,748,000.
=Z.:VE=777
- 39 -
DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE
The Department of Defense (DOD) was established as an executive departmentof the Government by the National Security Act Amendments of 1949 (with
major amendments to the Act by Reorganization Plan 6 of 1953 and the
Department of Defense Reorganization Act of 1958). The Department ofDefense includes the Secretary of Defense, the Deputy Secretary ofDefense, the Defense Staff offices, the Joint Chiefs of Staff and theJoint Staff, the three Military Departments (Army, Navy, Air Force) andthe military services within those departments, the unified and specifiedcommands, and other Department of Defense agencies as the Secretary ofDefense establishes to meet specific requirements.
Under the Military Assistance Program (MAP) of the Department of Defense,foreign nationals receive training or orientation in the United Statesfor periods varying from a week to a year; foreign nationals also receive
training at United States installations overseas. In addition, teams
of United States training personnel travel to foreign countries, provid-ing on-the-spot training to instructors and units in the field. The DODengineering and technical services personnel are also made available toassist in training foreign military personnel overseas in the operation
and maintenance of complex weapons systems. These DOD personnel augment
as required the training activities of the military training personnelassigned to the Military Assistance Advisory Groups (MAAGs). The follow-
ing table shows the extent of the formal school training conducted under
the Military Assistance Program during fiscal year 1967.
EL12§2._=i1g1ILIOILALLILL'alning
Foreign Nationals
WesternHemisphere
Near Eastand
South Asia
trained in U.S. 1,971 2,420
Foreign Nationalstrained at U.S.installationsoverseas 1628 222
Total 5,599 2,642
Far East Africa Europe Total
4,344 617 8,238 17,590
5.4854 244 10,155
10,198 824 8,482 27,485
Language Program
The Defense Language Institute (DLI) was established pursuant to
Department of Defense Directive 5160.41, "Defense Language Program,"
19 October 1962. The directive assigned single manager responsibility
for operation of the Defense Language Program to the Secretary of the
Army and his designees. The DLI has responsibility within the Department
of Defense for foreign language training for U.S. military personnel and
for teaching English as a foreign language for foreign military personnel
under the Military Assistance Program. English language training is
conducted at the Defense Language Institute English Language School,
Lackland Air Force Base, Texas, as well as in some 50 allied countries
overseas.
Foreign Journalist Program
Civilian activities of the Department of Defense include certain other
programs of significance for international education and cultural
relations. The Interagency Foreign Journalist Tour Program is an
example. Each year the White House, Department of State, Department Of
Defense and the U.S. Information Agency (USIA) cooperate to bring to the
United States groups of foreign nationals, mostly journalists, for
30-day orientation tours. Under this jointly sponsored program the
foreign visitors are provided an opportunity to obtain first-hand,
knowledge of military, political, economic,and cultural aspects of the
United States. DOD provides for all travel, State furnishes maintenance
allowances and any necessary interpreters, and USIA participates in the
selection, planningland implementation of each tour. Each agency, with
the exception of the White House, provides an escort for each group.
During fiscal year 1967, four tours were conducted involving approximately
80 journalists from about 55 countries.
R5711Xyuan Programs
The United States Army, as executive agency for the administration of the
Ryukyu Islands, provides through the United States Civil AdministratiOn
of the Ryukyu Islands (USCAR) many opportunities for qualified Ryukyuans
to participate in educational and technical training programs in the
United States, Republic of China, Philippines, Korea, and Japan.
Since its inauguration in 1949, over 900 deserving Ryukyuans have gone to
the United States for advanced study in American universities and colleges.
Many of these participants are presently holding important positions in
educational, technical, and professional fields in the Ryukyu Islands and
have contributed greatly to the over-all development of the islands.
Under this program, students are provided with round-trip transportation
to their universities and with all necessary tuition fees and maintenance
- 41 -
allowances while in the United States. The Institute of InternationalEducation, New York, administers the program in the Continental UnitedStates for the Department of the Army. The program at the Universityof Hawaii is coordinated by Headquarters, United States Army, Pacific.
In fiscal year 1968, 40 graduates and 20 undergraduates were grantedscholarships to study in American colleges and universities in theContinental United States, while 55 were selected for study at theUniversity of Hawaii. Commencing in fiscal year 1966, four doctoralcandidates have been included each year. Priority is given to thosecandidates currently teaching at the university level. Those selectedare allowed up to three years of study in order to obtain their doctorates.
Farm Youth. During fiscal year 1968, 30 young men were sent to selectedfarms in Hawaii where they were given an opportunity to work with modernfarm implements and to learn new concepts of crop production. Upon theirreturn to the Ryukyus, the trainees will apply these skills to improveRyukyuan agriculture. This program is administered through the cooper-ation of the host farmers, U.S. Army, Pacific, State of Hawaii, and theUnited Okinawan Federation in Hawaii.
East-West Center (Institute of Technical Interchange). A total of 50Ryukyuans participated in the East-West Center program in fiscal year 1968.The East-Nest Center, a project of the U.S. Government in cooperationwith the University of Hawaii, coordinates all training arrangements andfurnishes housing and per diem. USCAR provides transportation and, incertain cases, shares per diem costs.
Technical Training in the United States. Specialized and technicaltraining in both governmental and private agencies in the United Statesis made available to selected Ryukyuans under this program, which isadministered in the Continental United States by the Department of Health,Educationland Welfare and in Hawaii through the Assistance of U.S. Army,2Pacific. Funds for the program are provided by the Department of tneArmy for both full-support and minimum-support training. Full-supporttrainees receive all necessary training expenses while in the United States.Minimum-support trainees are provided with round-trip transportation toTravis Air Force Base, California, via military aircraft with all otherexpenses being assumed by the sponsors.
During this reporting period, 12 full-support and 6 minimum-supporttrainees participated in this program for periods ranging from 1 to 17months. Areas of study included: laboratory procedures, radio and tele-vision, medicine, electric power, architectural engineering, water worksaccounting, and meat packing.
On-the-Job Training:
Apprentice Training. This program provides an opportunity. for Ryukyuan
young men, mostly technical high school graduates, to learn basic trade
skills under the supervision of Ryukyuan and American craftsmen. The
apprentices undergo systematic on-the-job training in U.S. Army facilities
under a program approved by the Department of Labor. Ninety-five appren-
tices were enrolled in this program in fiscal year 1968.
Engineering Training. This program offers an opportunity for graduate
engineers and architects to gain practical experience through on-the-job
training at the U.S. Army District Engineer's Office, Okinawa. The program
extends over a period of three years, during which time the trainees gain
valuable experience in a wide variety of work assignments. A total of 26
students participated in this program during fiscal year 1968.
University Work-Study Program. This program provides an opportunity
for university students to receive on-the-job training in work related to
their studies at U.S. Army facilities for a period of six weeks during their
summer vacation. Participants in this program in fiscal year 1968 totaled
90.
Third Countrz_TraininE. This program provides for on-the-job and theoretical
'training in countries other than the United States. The majority of the
trainees are sent to Taiwan, while a few trainees are sent to the Philippines.
The Government of the Republic of China provides all training expenses with
the exception of transportation, which is furnished by USCAR. Training
arrangements in Taiwan are coordinated through the Agency for International
Development. A total of 152 Ryukyuans went to Taiwan, Korea, Japan, and the
Philippines during fiscal year 1968.
National Leader Program. Under this program, Ryukyuan leaders in the pro-
fessional, governmental, and business fields are given the opportunity to
visit the United States to observe firsthand the American economic, political,
and social scene. These visits also serve as a valuable medium for the
interchange of ideas. During this reporting period, eight missions consisting
of 37 participants were dispatched to the United States for a period of
approximately 30 days.
The fiscal year 1967 cost of the Ryukyuan Programs amounted to $985,000 and
involved 798 persons; the fiscal year 1968 cost amounted to $1,302,000 and
involved 862 persons.
The Department of the Navy conducts an officer exchange program with several
foreign countries. Since the end of World War II, this program has expanded
until it now involves 83 officers from 11 countries assigned to activities in
the United States and 61 U.S. Navy/Marine Corps officers assigned in 11
countries.
-43-
Scientific Research Activities
Grants to and contracts with foreign nationals and institutions for
scientific research activities are another example of DOD programs of
cultural relations significance. Each Military Department activelyparticipates in the support of research and related scientific activities
in other countries, particularly in Europe and Canada and, to a lesser
degree, in Latin America, the Near East, and the Far East.
The administration of the research support activities in Europe is
facilitated through the European research office of each Department:
,Army in Frankfurt am Main; Navy in London; and Air Force in Brussels.
In fiscal year 1967, the U.S. Army R & D Group - Europe administered
129 contracts, as follows:
Austria 9 Israel 16
Belgium 1 Italy 18
Denmark 3 Netherlands 3
France 3 Norway 3
Germany 20 Sweden 6
Greece 1 Switzerland 4
Ireland 2 United Kingdom 40
In fiscal year 1967, the U.S. Navy administered 38 contracts, 31 in four-
teen European and 7 in non-European countries, as follows: Belgium,
United Kingdom, Denmark, Germany, France, Iceland, Ireland, Italy,
Netherlands, Norway, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, West Germany, and Israel.
In fiscal year 1967, the U.S. Air Force administered 340 contracts and
grants through its European office: 293 in fifteen European countries
and 47 in eight non-European countries (Egypt 1, Ghana 1, India 5,
Israel 35, Kenya 1, Lebanon 2, Lesotho 1, and Uganda 1).
In May 1962, the Defense Research Office - Latin America was established
in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, with an Army and an Air Force element. In
fiscal year 1967, the Army element administered 27 grants in seven Latin
American countries (Argentina 3, Brazil 9, Chile 1, Colombia 2, Peru 8,
Venezuela 1, Uruguay 3). rihe U.S. Navy negotiated grants in three Latin
American countries in 1967, Argentina, Brazil,and Uruguay. During the
same period, the U.S. Air Force administered 37 active grants for research
in seven different South American countries (Argentina 5, Bolivia 3,
Brazil 6, Chile 10, Ecuador 1, Peru 8, and Uruguay 4).
In fiscal year 1967, the Army Research Office administered 54 contracts
and grants in the Far East, broken down as follows: Japan 40, Korea 2,
Taiwan 2, Philippines 1, Thailand 5, Okinawa 1, Malaya 1, Sarawakl, and
Sabah 1.
The Army Medical Service has awarded a small number of research grants
to Thailand. In 1965, the U.S. Air Force was granted permission to
foster better scientific relations with Japanese scientists through
interchange of scientists and scientific information, and through
joint support of Japanese conducted research projects. The U.S. Army
has also arranged for foreign scientists to come to the United States
and to conduct research projects at government and contractor research
facilities.
The support of research in the Commonwealth countries of Canada, Australia,
and New Zealand differs from that in other areas in that much of this
resean.A. is a joint effort between the United States and these countries.
There ls an exchange of research information and collaboration research
in two main programs involving Commonwealth countries -- The ABC (Australia,
Britain, Canada) Armies Standardization Program and The Technical Cooper-
ative Programs, the latter closely allied to research. The U.S. Air Force
supports research with universities and research institutes in Canada,
Australia, and New Zealand. In 1967, the Air Force administered 16 active
contracts and grants in Canada, 7 in Australia, and 3 in New Zealand.
The DOD scientists, both military and civilian, take an active part in
international scientific organizations of various types. The three
Military Departments cooperate with the National Science Foundation in
shaping the national Antarctic program and participate in international
Antarctic projects involving several foreign nations as well as other
agencies of the U.S. Government. The DOD research effort in the Arctic
also is international in nature. The Army and Air Force projects on
Greenland are coordinated with local and Danish authorities and, where
appropriate, coordinated scientifically with Canadian, French, and
Scandinavian scientists. The DOD scientists also attend international
conferences and symposia in the United States and abroad, sponsored by
international scientific organizations.
Other international scientific undertakings in which the Defense Depart-
ment is involved are in the fields of biological and medical sciences.
U.S. military medical research units are located in eight foreign
countries. Also, the Army and Navy participate in short-term biomedical
investigation by means of research teams sent to various other countries
as the need may arise. The Interdepartmental Committee on Nutrition
for National Defense is active in investigations of nutrition problems,
by invitation of foreign governments. In addition, foreign governments
sometimes invite the assignment to their medical research laboratories
of U.S. military medical research scientists.
The Army overseas medical research programs are accomplished in perm:..nent
laboratories in six countries (Panama, Germany, Malaysia, Japan, Thailand,
and Met-Nam), as well as by temporary duty research teams. The laboratory
-45-
in Thailand consisting of approximately 100 U.S. and 200 local personnelis the largest team. The laboratory in Viet-Nam approximates 85 U.S.personnel, but the team can be doubled in a week if requirements dictatethe need. Ad Hoc Teams are fielded to areas throughout the world. TheNavy overseas biomedical research programs are carried out mainly at theNavy Medical Research Units in Taiwan and in Egypt. The Cairo unit,which was established in 1948, maintains a training program for physiciansand has cooperated in efforts to obtain postgraduate education for Egyp-tian physicians. It also has conducted projects of particular interestto the Egyptian Government. In addition, it has cooperated with inter-national organizations in efforts to promote improved health in Egyptand in adjacent areas. The Air Force has Epidemiological Flights inTurkey and in the Philippines. Also, the U.S. Air Force School of Aero-space Medicine, which was founded in 1918, has in the past 6 yearsprovided training in aerospace medical practice and research for approx-imately 700 medical officers from the air forces of many foreign nations.Observer Training is provided to foreign medical personnel in selectedAir Force medical and research facilities in coordination with the U.S.Department of State under the provisions of the Military AssistanceProgram. Foreign physicians receive medical training as interns andresidents at some U.S. Air Force hospitals overseas. In addition,representation and participation in a number of international scientificand research organizations are provided by the Air Force Medical Service.
The Advanced Research Projects Agency (ARPA) also supports researchprojects abroad. Research contracts have been negotiated in 26 foreigncountries. ARPA also participates with the Governments of the Republicof Viet-Nam and Thailand in the joint operation of Military Researchand Development Centers in those countries. Research and developmentfield offices are also established in the Middle East and Latin America.
The International Cooperative Research and Development program promotesmany activities within the nations of the Western Alliance that affectinternational education and culture. This program may be generallycategorized into three groups: (1) Bilateral Research and DevelopmentProjects; (2) Bilateral Information Exchange; and (3) MultilateralInformation Exchange.
In the first area, Bilateral Research and Development Projects, U.S.Government and industry work with the government and industry of anallied nation to develop equipment for which a mutual requirement exists.At present 10 projects are in progress with 4 countries of Western Europe.
In the second area, Bilateral Information Exchange, the U.S. exchangesscientific and technical data with allied nations on research projectsof common interest. Under these programs, U.S. personnel are presentlyworking with their counterparts in 16 countries on 380 different researchprojects.
- 46 -
The final area of multilateral information exchange is exercised through
international organizations such as the Advisory Group for Aerospace
Research and Development (AGARD), the NATO Air Force Armaments Group
(NAFAG), the SHAPE Technical Center (STC), The Technical Cooperation
Program (TTCP), and the von Karman Institute (VKI). The United States
furnishes both financial and personnel support to these organizations.
Among the United States and her allies, these bodies provide for infor-
mation exchange (AGARD), a forum to explore common problems (NAFAG),
a source for operational analysis (STC), and a school for graduate
aerodynamicists (VKI). They also support the exchange of scientists,
engineers, and lecturers from a broad range of technical disciplines.
As a consequence of the international balance of payments problem, the
Department of Defense has established funding ceilings and stringent
criteria for support of basic and applied research in the so-called
hard currency countries of Europe, Australia, and New Zealand. These
actions have resulted in significant reductions in level of overseas
research efforts in Europe.
United States Military Academz
There are three separate items of legislation which permit foreign
nationals to attend thE course of instruction at the United States
Military Academy (USMA): (1) Under the provisions of Title 10, USC,
one person per class, or a total of four, from the Republic of the
Philippines may receive instruction at the Academy. (2) Under the
provisions of Title 10, USC, not more than 20 persons at any one time
from Canada and the American Republics may receive instuction at the
Academy. (3) Public Law 89-802 permits a total of four persons from
friendly countries in the Pacific Ocean area to receive instruction
at the Academy. The law further specifices that no person may be
admitted unless his country at the time of his attendance is assisting
the United States in Viet-Nam by the provision of manpower or bases.
Annually several USMA cadets participate in an exchange program with
cadets from foreign military academies for the purpose of developing
closer ties between the USMA and other military academies and carrying
forward the U. S. International Youth Program. At the present time,
USMA is exchanging visits with Mexico, Austria9 Germany, Englandland
14 Latin American countries. These visits are scheduled from 1 to 2
weeks in length.
- 47 -
United States Naval Academy
The first foregn midshipman was graduated from the United States Naval
Academy ln 1863. The current foregn population of the U.S. Naval
Academy numbers 20: Costa Rica 3, Peru 3, Nicaragua 1, Chile 2,
Venezuela 2, Uruguay 1, Philippines 4, Cana Zone 2, Korea 1, Malaysia
1.
A midshipmen foreign exchange program was started in the spring of 1961
for the purpose of increasing the.understanding among future officers of
the navies involved during summer At-Sea Training. U.S. midshipmen
exchanged received 6 to 8 weeks of at-sea training in ships of the
foreign navies. Foreign midshipmen receive similar training on U.S.
ships. In 1967 U.S. invitations went to 23 countries, 19 of which
accepted. These were: Australia, Belgium, Brazil, Chile, Colombia,
Denmark, Ecuador, France, Nest Germany, Great Britain, Greece, Italy,
Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Turkey, Venezuelaland Peru.
United States Air Force Academy
Since 1966 the United States Air Force Academy has been educating
students from other countries under authorization of several laws.
For example, under the American Republics quota for service academies,
there has been representation at the Air Force Academy from Bolivia,
Peru, Costa Rica, Venezuela, Chile, Jamaica, Panama,and Uruguay. There
has been representation by at least one member from the Republic of
the Philippines, except for the Class of 1969. The Friendly Nations
Law (PL 89-802) authorized extending invitations to some of our Pacific
neighbors; for example, in the Class of 1971 students from China and
New Zealand were admitted, and in June 1968 South Korea sent a student.
Special legislation in 1966 authorized the admission of a Thai student.
Reciprocity policies have been developed by several foreign governments,
and these have resulted in return protocol visits by U. S. Air Force
Academy cadets. In 1968, U. S. Air Force Academy cadets visited foreign
academies in Korea, Japan, Italy, Belgium, Brazil, Chile, Peru,and
Argentina. The educational and Cultural benefits derived from these
reciprocal visits are invaluable. They help to establish rapport, good
willland understanding among all cadets involved.
By July 1968, of the 22 foreign students attending the Air Force Academy,
5 have graduated, 3 have been discharged, and 14 are still in training.
Graduates from the Air Force Academy included 3 from the Philippines,
1 from Thailand, and 1 from an American Republic.
Other U.S. Navy Pro rams in Fiscal Year 196Z
Third Marine Am hibious Force III MAF Civil Action Pro ram in 1st Cor s
Tactical Zone Republic of Viet-Nam. The Third Marine Amphibious
Force (III MAF) educational assistance program in Viet-Nam contributed to
improvement of primary education, vocational training, and English
language training. For primary education, an allocation of 1,755,000
piasters was made for the second semester of the 1967-68 school year;
more than 1,000 students had been supported during the first semester of
the 1967-68 school year. There were 112 schoolrooms built in the first
11 months of 1967. The U.S. Marine Corps Reserve/CARE fund which
acquired in excess of $500,000 since its inception used approximately
40 percent for educational assistance. In. 1967, more than 3,500
Vietnamese participated in some form of vocational training sponsored
by III MAF and its supporting units. For the last half of 1967 an
average of 212 persons per month received medical aid training. In
addition, Marines have conducted over 4,000 English language classes in
Viet-Nam. In the last half of 1967 an average of 223 classes per month
were conducted with an average monthly attendance of over 3,500 students.
Project Handclasp was developed from President Eisenhower's People-to-
People Program. In 1959 Project Handclasp became an official Navy
program for providing free overseas transportation of materials con-
tributed by private organizations and individuals or commercial firms,
to promote mutual understanding between Americans and citizens of
foreign lands. Materials are transported in Navy combatant ships tooverseas ports of call throughout the world.
Approximately 3,000 tons of materials are transported and distributed
overseas each year through Project Handclasp. Typical of these shipments
are 3,500 lbs. of school books to Ethiopia; 8,000 lbs. of library books
to Beirut, Lebanon; 7,000 lbs. of school books and supplies to Malta;
3,750 lbs. of texts and library bool:s to Genoa, Italy; 900 lbs. of
school books and supplies to Yap Islands. Project Handclasp provides
assistance for all levels of education throughout the world, including:
South Viet-Nam Saipan Ecuador Turkey Lebanon
Philippines Indonesia Peru Panama Venezuela
Taiwan Caroline Islands Scotland Nicaragua Ethiopia
Korea Azores Spain St. Croix Greece
Japan Mexico Yap Islands Morocco Italy
Hong Kong Guatemala Kenya Barbados
Pago-Pago Chile India Brazil
-49-
International Educational Activities of Navy Construction Batallion7ETETP.77-T. SEABW Teams provide an independent operating unit onengineering missions to emerging nations or those which have beenvictims of a natural disaster and need amergency aid. They furnishtechnical assistance and supervision on engineering problems; assist inthe construction of both civic action and socio-economic projects; andteach construction and mechanical trades, including operation and main-tenance of equipment, to host country personnel. During fiscal year1967 the teams were employed in foreign countries on civic actir,n pro-grams sponsored by the Agency for International Development. The totalnumber of indigenous personnel trained by SEABEE Teams is not available.The types of trainees are predominantly in the civil works and lightindustry fields.
Nayy Overseasmanship/Area Orientation Training, Bureau of Naval Personnel.In a program carrying out the broad objectives of the "People-to-PeopleProgram" in realistic terms, Overseasmanship Training presents world-wideand area cultural briefings. They include language arts, non-verbalcommunication (hand signs and attitudes), transportation, eating anddrinking customs, greeting customs, religious, local currency, healthguidelines, etc. To date approximately 300,000 men, including officers,have received Navy Overseasmanship/Area Orientation Training. In addi-tion, some 4,000 dependents and 1,000 foreign nationals have been reached.
Department of ,the Navy Military Assistance TrainingProgram. This programencompasses the entire spectrum of U.S. Navy and Marine Corps coursesfrom elementary schools through advanced education at the postgraduatelevel, in which approximately 5,000 foreign Navy and Marine Corps person-nel participatedin1967. Specialized English language courses, training.and orientation are provided for senior officers, junior officers, andenlisted personnel. In addition, the U.S. Navy sends some 600 prospectivetechnical trainees a year to Defense Lang-2age Institute English LanguageSchool at Lackland Air Force Base to further improve their English compre-hension before undertaking technical training.
The Navy Correspondence Course Program. Under the basic statutoryauthority of the Mutual Defense Assistance Act of October 1949, foreignmilitary personnel may enroll in Naval Correspondence Courses adminis-tered by the Naval Correspondence Course Center, Scotia, New York, underthe cognizance of the Chief of Naval Personnel. In addition, foreigncivilians employed by the U.S. Armed Forces may also enroll in corre-spondence courses administered by the Correspondence Course Center.The Program consists of approximately 285 courses covering a wide rangeof Naval technical subjects ranging from sonar, electronics, andshipfitter to oceanography through the fields of personnel administration,management,and international law. The levels of education range frompost-high school to college graduate courses. All nations of the freeworld containing U.S. military missions or having security or assistanceagreements with the United States are affected by this program.Approximately 600-700 foreign nationals per year are enrolled; they
consist of military personnel of all r4,, ks and grades, enlisted and
officer, and foreign civilians employed by the U.S. Armed Forces.
Professional On-site Assistance on Education and Training Matters to
Overseas Navies supported in part by MA2-1"="), Bureau of Naval
Personnel. To assist in improving the training and readiness of the
navies of the Military Assistance Program countries, professional
assistance has been provided by the Bureau of Naval Personnel on
education and training matters including school administration and
management, training standards and instructional evaluation, curricu-
lum, instructional materials, instructor training, English language
training, and improvement of science laboratories. This assistance
has been of maximum benefit with a minimum of expenditure of funds.
Inter-American NavalommtionalmaLEELL,11267 UNITAS is a
combined nine-nation operation that includes the eight major maritime
navies of South America. The theme is teamwork and flexibility to
provide a capability of friendly hemispheric forces to join in times
of crisis for the mutual protection of all our commercial sea lanes.
The operations are continuous and involve every facet of each navy's
capabilities Exercises are conducted in English. They foster the
spirit of the Alliance for Progress and the hopes of the Punta del
Este Conference,
The spirit of cooperation, mutual respect, and understanding is further
enhanced by the efforts ashore of the UNITAS/U.S. Navy Show Band. By
its very apolitical nature this band once again this year received
acclaim in each country where it performed. The 90 minute show consists
of music that is tailored to various audiences; a sophisticated show
when warranted or music and skits that have "instant mass appeal." The
band's repertoire includes hit-songs in Spanish and Portuguese, skits,
comic numbers, and local favorites. Performances were given in public
squares, plazas, elementary schools, universities, theaters, stadiums,
embassies, and at least one bull ring. Audiences ranged from a few
hundred orphans to stadium crowds of more than 20,000.
Navy for Forei n Countries Bureau of Medicine
and Surgery. This program is part of the continuing effort of Navy
medical personnel to serve in their profession throughout the world.
It provides training for physicians, nurses, bacteriologists, parasi-
tologists, and medical technicians in postgraduate medical education.
For examples it includes techniques and investigation for control of
disease in foreign countries, indoctrination of foreign medical
personnel in the operation and maintenance of jet injector apparatus,
training in the sanitary aspects of food handling, and research in
aviation and submarine medicine.
De artment of Defense De endents Schools
The largest single group of American dependent school children abroadconsists of the sons and daughters of American military personnel --
estimated to total 166,900 in fiscal year 1968. The vast majority ofthese elementary and secondary school children attend 303 schoolsoperated by the Department of Defense. These schools, which employ432 administrators and 6,540 teachers from the United States as well as313 foreign national teachers, are operated at a,cost of.$88.5 million(fiscal year 1968) and constitute what has been described as one of thelargest single school systems in the world. This dependents schoolsystem had its beginnings in Europe at the close of the second World Warand grew rapidly during the next few years as schools were opened by thevarious services wherever large numbers of American troops were stationedthroughout the world. Although these schools are established and operatedfor the,education of military personnel, dependents of other U.S. Govern-ment personnel and of private sector citizens are enrolled in some of themon a space available and tuition basis.
Overseas Entertainment Pro rams
The Armed Forces Professional Entertainment Program is administered by the
Adjutant General, Department of the Army, for the purpose of providing
regularly scheduled live entertainment of professional quality to armed
forces personnel overseas. Support for the program is derived from appro-priated funds contributed by all the military services and is furnished to,
units which offer their services gratuitously (college drama and music groups)
as well as to professional units furnished through United Service Organizations,
Incorporated (USO). Although international in scope this program is provided
exclusively for Americans serving overseas.
Army bands under the authority of the Commanding General.of the area con-
cerned perform for public affairs and people-to-people programs and in yarious
festivals and ceremonies where American participation is appropriate to the
occasion, such as the NATO Taptoe in Belgium.
The U.S. Air Force Band and the Singing Sergeants from Washington, D.C., pre-sented more than 26 concerts, 3 telecasts, and 17 radio broadcasts in 13
Latin American countries during March and April 1968. The live audience
total was 174,000. Other Air Force bands stationed abroad perform oftenthroughout the year for foreign audiences.
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH EDUCATION*, AND IELFARE
The Department of Health, Education, and Welfare (HEW) was created by
Reorganization Plan 1 of 1953 for the purpose of improving the adminis-
tration of those agencies of the Government with major responsibilities
for promoting the general welfare in the fields of health education and
social and economic opportunity. The Reorganization Plan abolished the
Federal Security Agency, established in 1939, and transferred all of its
components to the new Department.
The operating agencies of the Department include the following: The
Public Health Service, Food and Drug Administration, Office of Education,
Social and Rehabilitation Service, and Social Security Administration.
The operating agencies have long been active participants in international
programs related to their special areas of competence--conducted both by
this Government and by various international organizations. In addition,
the agencies have been concerned with developing and expanding our
national capabilities for such participation. In fiscal year 1967 the
Department's international programs, costing nearly $100 million, were
carried out by about 800 staff members. Literally thousands of other
Department staff members have some contact occasionally with international
programs.
In the Office of the Secretary, the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Inter-
national Affairs is the principal staff adviser on international affairs,
and is responsible for providing advice and assistance to the Secretary
and the substantive Assistant Secretaries in the development and implemen-
tation of HEW international policies and programs. The Office of Inter-
national Affairs, which is responsible for this function, is presently
located in the Office of the Assistant Secretary (Education).
The Office of International Affairs provides leadership in developing
projects and programs in foreign affairs directly related to the fields
of health, education, and welfare. This includes the responsibility for
1preparation or coordination of U.S. licy positions to be taken at inter-
national organization meetings. The Office is responsible for providing
appropriate high level liaison with other departments and agencies and
with non-governmental organizations and high level departmental repre-
sentation with the various international organizations. The Office
represents the Department on a number of interagency committees concerned
with foreign policy and international programs. The Deputy Assistant
Secretary is also responsible for coordinating the Department's inter-
national activities, including furnishing policy guidelines for excess
foreign currency programs; approving the Department's representation at
international organization meetings; collaborating with the Office of the
Comptroller in review and approval of annual plans for international
travel of members of staff offices and operating agencies; and serving
as Chairman of the Department's Exchange Visitor Waiver Review Board.
-.53-
The Exchange Visitor Waiver Review Board, whose staff is also located
in the Office of Int2rnational Affairs, is responsible for making
thorough and equitable evaluations of requests for waivers of the two-
year foreign residence requirement applicable to exchange visitors.
The Board is charged with applying a stringent and restrictive policy
with respect to requesting waivers in order to protect the integrity
and success of the exchange program.
The Of;:ice of International Affairs provided the Secretariat for the
International Conference on the World Crisis in Education which was
held in Williamsburg, Virginia, October 5-99 1967. One hundred forty-sixdistinguished participants from 50 countries met to discuss a wide range
of topics in an attempt to define the crises and outline an action pro-
gram to meet them. President Johnson addressed the Conference on the
final evening. The Conference was a combined effort of private and
Government resources, and was co-hosted by President James A. Perkins
of Cornell University and former HEW Secretary John W, Gardner.
The Office of International Affairs arranges and coordinates visits to
the Department by foreign visitors who are interested in U.S. programs
in education, health, and social and economic opportunity. The Office
works with the Office of Protocol and the Bureau of Educational and
Cultural Affairs of the Department of State, and various non-profit
agencies in arranging programs for foreign visitors.
The Office of International Affairs, which is represented on the inter-
departmental committee concerned with the United Nations Commission on
Human Rights, is responsible for stimulating and coordinating the HEW
program of observance activities for Human Rights Year 1968. The Assis-
tant Secretary for Education is the HEW representative an the Presidential
Commission for the Observance of Human Rights Year.
U.S. Office of Education
The Office of Education (OE) was created in 1867 to collect statistics
and facts showing the condition and progress of education, to diffuse
information to assist Zhe people of the United States in the establish-
ment and maintenance of efficient school systems, and otherwise to
promote the cause of education Subsequently it was made responsible
for Federal grants-in-aid to education, cooperative research, and special
programs and studies.
The Office is the principal agency of the Federal Government responsible
for formulating educational policy and coordinating educational activ-
ities at the national level. It is also concerned with the improvement
of library services in the Nation under the Library Services Act. In
carrying out its programs it cooperates with other Government agencies,
the States and Territories, professional groups and institutions, citizens
groups and individuals, and international agencies.
Institute of International Studies
The Office of Education exercises leadership in international education inthe United States through the Institute of International Studies. The
Institute assists and stimulates educational institutions and professionalassociations to improve and expand programs which will help meet the needfor educational specialists and administrators so prepared that they may
play a significant role in international educational programs. The Insti-
tute also encourages the development in schools, State departments ofeducation, and institutions of higher educAion of programs to prepareall citizens for living and working in an increasingly interdependent
world. By uniting in one organizational framework the principal inter-national activities of the Office, the Institute provides a strong base
for our commitments in the international education field.
Services to International granizations
The Office is responsible for developing reports and providing information
on education in the United States to international organizations, inter-
national meetings, ministries of education, and academic institutions
and individual educators and scholars in other countries. The Office,
through its close cooperAtive relationship with the education community,brings the professional judgment of American educational leaders to bear
upon the formulation of U.S. education policy as it relates to the inter-
national scene.
Informational and consultative services are provided to about 40 inter-
national organizations (e.g. the United Nations, UNESCO, the ILO, UNICEF,the OAS, the OECD). With respect to UNESCO,for example, the Officeevaluates its education programs and projects and suggests activitiesfor inclusion in the'organization's biennial program. It prepares back-ground:material on education matters for the use of delegates in connec-tion with sessions of the UNESCO Executive Board and with the GeneralConference, as well as with other international meetings convened orsupported by UNESCO.
The Office participates in the annual meetings of the two governing bodies
of the International Bureau of Education, the Council and the Executive
Committee. The Office is also represented at the annual InternationalConference on Public Education (ICPE) sponsored by the Bureau and UNESCO.
In preparation for the Conference, the Office has traditionally prepared
the annual progress report on education in the United States which is
published 71n English, French, Russianland Spanish. Official replies .1.n
English and French are developed in response to questionnaires on two
special topics chosen for discussion at the ICPE.
The Office through the Institute of International Studies recruits U.S.personnel for assignment to UNESCO's field staff in education. It alsoprovides names of specialists in various branches of education forresearch, consultative,and advisory services to international organi-zations, names persons for membership in international advisory andexpert bodies,and recommends persons for service on delegations to inter-national meetings dealing with education. In this part of its work theOffice of Education works with the Bureaus of Educational and CulturalAffairs and International Organization Affairs of the Department of State,AID, USIA, Labor, Agriculture, National Science Foundation, and a large
number of non-governmental associations in the education field.
Comparative Education and Related Services
To help meet the needs of the academic coMMUnity, the Government, and thegeneral public for more knowledge about educational systems in othercountries, the Office of Education maintains a staff of specialists inforeign education. It is their responsibility to keep abreast of educa-tional developments in their geographic areas of specialization, to re-spond to requests for information, and to provide professional advisoryservices. The Office's comparative education functions include theresponsibility for providing proper interpretation of foreign academiccredentials as required by universities, colleges, State departments ofeducation, Civil Service Commissions, and various licensing and certifi-cation boards.
The Office has traditionally published studies and surveys of educationin foreign countries which range from brief documentary reports to detail-ed analyses based on first-hand observations in the country or countriesconcerned. Such publications may deal either with the overall organi-zation and nature of a country's educational system or with some aspectof education, in the context of the current social, economic, political,and cultural situation. University admissions officers and registrars,school administrators, foreign student advisers, comparative educationspecialists, and Government officials concerned with international educa-tional exchange and development programs constitute the main audiencesserved. In this aspect of its work, the Office of Education cooperateswith institutions of higher education, the National Association forForeign Student Affairs, the American Association of Collegiate Registrarsand Admissions Officers, various area studies centers and non-governmentalassociations of area specialists, and the Department of State throughits Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affai.rs, its Bureau of Public
Affairs, and its desk officers.
Research on Foreign Education
Under the Comparative Education program the Office of Education supportsresearch and related activities concerning foreign education, primarily
under the Foreign Currency Program (Public Law 83-480) and the Cooperative
Research Act (as amended by Title IV of the Elementary and Secondary
Education Act of 1965). In countries eligible f,.)r foreign currency
support, financial agreements are usually made through research organi-
zations and institutions in the countries themselves. When research is
to be carried out through American institutions, support may be provided
under the Cooperative Research Act or, in some instances, under other
authorizations for research and related activities.
To develop significant new knowledge about educational processes and
systems, the Office of Education supports educational research undertaken
by institutions in those countries where excess foreign currencies under
P.L. 480 are available. This program's major objective is to develop
studies vhich help solve educational problems in the participating
countries and, at the same time, contribute knowledge useful for meeting
similar problems in the United States.
Research projects are underway in India and Israel and may be developed
in certain other countries eligible for participation in the program. A
related education bibliography and translation program is currently oper-
ating in Poland, Yugoslavia, Israel, India, Pakistan, Ceylon, Burma, and
Tunisia.
In administering the program and dealing with foreign coordinating groups,
universities, and other research centers, OE staff members work in cooper-
ation with the State Department's Bureau of Educational and Cultural
Affairs and with Cultural Affairs Officers and AID Education Officers
in the U.S. embassies located in the countries concerned.
Cooperative Research on Education Abroad
Some of the funds available under the Cooperative Research Act, as amended,
are used for studies of educational programs and practices in foreign
countries, particularly of developments which have implications for educa-
tion in the United States. These projects may seek to advance knowledge
about the learning process, to solve theoretical problems, or to investi-
gate factors related to educational change or innovation abroad. From
such research, foreign educational activities can be assisted for their
significance and applicability for education in the United States.
Services Relating to Instructional Materials
The Educational Materials Center in the Bureau of Research maintains a
collection of educational materials - some 15,000 items including text-
books, supplementary reading materials, curriculum, professional liter-
ature, and related teaching aids - published in the United States. These
resource materials are used by U.S. and foreign educators as well as by
- 57 -
specialists in the Office of Education and in other Government agencies.
Approximately 5,000 visits to the Center are recorded each year.
The Office carries on this activity in cooperation primarily with the
Department of State, AID, the American Educational Publishers Institute,
Children's Book Council, the National Education Association, the Library
of Congresstand the American LibraIy Association.
Institutes fn. Advanced Study
The National Defense Education Act (NDEA) of 1958, as amended, authorizes
under Title XI institutes for advanced study in 19 areas of specialization
to meet the needs of participants for more extensive knowledge of subject
matter and for increased competency in the use of new materials, The
institute program is administered in the Bureau of Educational Personnel
Development.
The Modern Foreign Language Institutes for advanced study are authorized
by.provisions of the National Defense Education Act. Designed to improve
the quality of instruction in modern foreign languages in the elementary
and secondary schools, they are conducted on a contract basis between the
U.S. Office of Education and accredited American institutions of higher
education. The latter conduct the institutes, while the Government pays
all the operating costs. Every teacher-participant is eligible to receive
a stipend of $75 per week plus an allowance of $15 per week for each
dependent while in attendance.
Between 1959 and 1967 over 290000 modern foreign language teachers received
intensive instruction in 572 institutes at a total cost of about $44,000,000.
Institutes have been conducted in every State of the Union, the District of
Columbia, and Puerto Rico. They have been conducted for teachers of nine
languages taught in elementary and secondary public and private schools.
Eighty-two institutes have been held abroad in thirteen countries.
The institute program has concentrated on improving the participants' lan-
guage competence, knowledge of the foreign culture, and skill in teaching
the foreign language. Although originally conceived as "remedial training,"
the institutes are now thought of as "continuing education" needed by all
teachers to maintain and increase their skills. Increased flexibility and
variety characterize today's institute programs as they attempt to meet
the needs of schools more directly.
In 1963 an amendment to the NDEA provided for institutesdn English for
Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL), a separate but related unit in the
already established modern foreign language institute program. There have
been 23 such institutes te date (1964-1967) attended by 953 elementary and
secondary school teachers ane supervisors of ESOL, at an approximate cost
,
- 58 -
of $1,537,000. The content of these programs is generally similar to that
of the modern language institutes. However, programs are sometimes design-
ed for-teachers working with children having specific language backgrounds,
such as Spanish or American Indian.
Institutes in International.Affairs are authorized by the International
Education Act of 1966, whIch amended Title XI of the NDEA to "enable the
Commissioner to arrange through contracts with institutions of higher
education for the establishment and operation of short term or regular
session institutes for teachers in secondary schools in order to give them
a broader Understanding of international affairs."
For institute purposes, "international affairs" has been defined as the
relationships among the nations, societies, and cultures in the contem-
pOrary world, the study of which requires understanding of similarities
and differences, evolution through time, and current problems. The chief
purpose of these programs will be to encourage, improveland extend the
study and teaching of international affairs in the secondary schools.
Normally the programs will take a multi-disciplinary approach in the study
of international affairs. Generally five types of programs are envisaged
under institutes in international affairs: 1) international relations;
2) foreign area study; 3) foreign policy, 4) developing nations; 5) com-
parative studies. Eight institutes in international affairs are being
conducted during the summer of 1968 involving 307 teachers at a total cost
of $427,000. Two of these institutes are being held overseas, one in
Taiwan and the other in Guatemala.
International Educational Exchange and Training
The Office conducts three major programs under agreements with'the Bureau
of Educational and Cultural Affairs of the Department of State and the
Agency for International Development: the Teacher Exchange.Program, the
International Teacher Development Program, and the Technical Assistance
Training Program in Education. In addition, supported with funds made
available under P.L. 480, OE provides opportunities for teachers, super-
visors, and school administrators. The Office also provides nonscheduled
advisory services to hundreds of individuals and institutions in this
country and elsewhere. In addition, it provides extensive services for
visitors who are not recipients of grants administered by the Office. The
total number of participants in all categories in 1967 was 2,694.
The Teacher Exchange Program, administered for the Bureau of Educational
and Cultural Affairs, Department of State, included 469 awards in 1967.
Interchanges of teaching positions were arranged for 122 pairs of teachers
involving ten countries; 49 American teachers were placed on a one-way
basis in 19 countries; 45 foreign teachers from 14 countries were placed
in U.S. schools; 28 American and 24 foreign teachers received renewals of
their grants for a second year. In addition, 79 American foreign language
teachers attended summer seminars in Germany, Italy,and Spain.
abKrAINT.71112711.F.24,1"PW,
- 59 -
The International Teacher Development Program, also administered for the
Department of State, brought 519 educators from 59 cOuncries and depen-
dencies for training and school visitation. Programs were arranged in
the teaching of English as a second language, American civilization,
secondary education, school administration, science education, and elemen-
tary education. Teachers and administrators numbering 238 from 49 coun-
tries participated in the regular six-month program under which the
facilities of ten college-level centers were used. In addition, 811
educators were involved in 16 short-term projects, the seminar portion
of which was conducted at 13 training centers, while 93 elementary,
secondary, and vocational teachers and administrators participated in
three workshops conducted in Spanish ,at the University of Puerto Rico.
Under the Technical Assistance Training Progragt, the number of AID
participants supervised during the-067 Pro gram came to 618. Forty-two
countries were represented by these participants, with the largest number
coming from Africa and Latin America. The resources of 150 educational
centers throughout the United States were used to carry out the training
objectives. Of the 618 participants, approximately 365 were candidates
for degrees, the majority on the graduate level.
Secondary and Non-Grant Visitor Programs. Secondary visitors are recip-
ients of United States Government grants administered by agencies other
than the U.S. Office of Education, but who are referred to the Office to
pursue their interests in education. Non-grant visitors do not hold
United States Government grants. They may be sponsored by their own govern-
ment, private foundations, or educational institutions, or may be traveling
entirely at their own expense. The Office provides services for these
visitors, ranging from single appointments to complete itineraries, includ-
ing travel and hotel reservations and appointments with local sponsors in
many communities. In 1967, the number of secondary and non-grant visitors
was approximately 1,000.
Programs Funded With Special Foreign Currencies. Grants for seminars
abroad are directed toward strengthening the competence of American
elementary and secondary teachers and supervisors in foreign area studies,
and deepening their understanding of peoples and cultures sometimes
neglected in American education. In 1967, funds in Indian rupees enabled
25 curriculum directors and social science supervisors from 20 states to
attend a two-month seminar in New Delhi, India. Another 38 elementary
and secondary school administrators and 20 secondary school teachers of
history attended seminars in India. These projects are carried out
under P.L. 83-480.
Ryukyuan Technical and Vocational Training Program. Ihe Office of
Education administers an annual program for participants from the Ryukyuan
Islands who come.to the United States under the sponsorship of the Depart-
ment of the Army. In 1967, there were five participants.
-6o-
Division of Foreign Studies
The NDEA, Title VI Language and Area Centers program was designed to
help develop and to support expansion of instruction in uncommon modern
foreign languages and related area studies (history, economics, etc.).
A 1966 amendment makes it possible to support instruction in other
languages. Federal support may be given annually in the form of grants
or contracts. As of 1967-68 there were 106 centers at 63 institutionsof higher education in the United States. NDEA funds supported Instruc-
tion in more than 70 of the nearly 100 languages and related studiesoffered by the Centers. This included 24 Far Eastern, 24 East European(including Slavic and Uralic-Altaic), 1 Northwest European, 12 Near andMiddle Eastern, 16 Latin American, 13 African, and 16 South and Southeast
Asian centers: As of fiscal year 1967, more than 26 million doljars hasbeen spent on this program which has been more than matched by the univer-
sities. Intensive language programs for the summer are also provided;in1967 there were 21 such programs at Centers, which offered 36 criticallyneeded languages.
Modern Foreign Language Fellowships authorized by Title VI of the NDEA
support training in foreign languages and related studies designed as
being of critical importance to the United States. This support is
available to qualified graduate, undergraduate,and postdoctoral students
for study in U.S. institutions offering approved language and area
studies programs. Since 1959 approximately $34,500,000 have provided
more than 10,000 fellowships.
The NDEA, Title VI Language Research Program assists foreign languageand area studies deVelopment by providing financial support for thePreParation of teaching materials, research in linguistics and the psy-chology of language learning, and surveys and studies to assessprogress in foreign language development and national need in the field.
The Fulbright-Hays Act, Section 102(b)(6), Foreign Language and AreaStudies Program supports the development of language and area studiesin U.S. schools, colleges, and universities by providing opportunitiesfor graduate students, college and university faculty members, secondaryschool specialists, and U.S. higher education institutions to undertakeresearch and study abroad. In addition, colleges and universities, Statedepartm, Lts of education, and local school systems may receive theservice:, of foreign curriculum specialists to assist them in their efforts
to develop curricula in modern foreign language and area studies.
Graduate students who plan to teach and have completed a minimum of twoyears of graduate study in the United States may receive fellowships for
overseas study and research in the language and world area of their special-
ization. Awards are given for period§ ranging from two to twelve monthsand include tuition, transportation, maintenance, and allowances for as
"44
many as four dependents.
Full-time faculty members of colleges and universities (including bothgraduate and undergraduate two or four year institutions and NDEAlanguage and Area Centers) and experienced secondary school teachersand supervisors may, upon the recommendation of an appropriate adminis-trative officer of their school or institution, receive awards forresearch and study abroad. Awards are given for periods ranging fromtwo to twelve months and include travel and maintenance allowances.
Fulbright-Hays dollars and P.L. 480 foreign currencies support overseassummer seminar programs for high school and college teachers, curriculumdevelopment projects, advanced research, and other group activitiesadministered by institutions of higher education. Secondary schoolteachers and administrators, associate and assistant professors, andcollege instructors may obtain applications for the seminar programsfrom the sponsoring institutions.
The Food and Drug Administration
The original U.S. Food and Dllig Act of 1906 provided the Federal Governmentwith authority to control food and drugs, regardless of the country oforigin. It was administered by the Department of Agriculture until 1940when, as the Food and Drug Administration (FDA),it was transferred to theFederal Security Agency. In 1953 FDA became part of HEW.
International activities of FDA include participation in internationalmeetings and organizations and training and orientation for foreigncounterpart personnel in the requirements of our laws, policies, andoperations to assure that commodities of foreign origin comply with thelaws we enforce when they are shipped to this country.
Staff members of the FDA served in fiscal year 1967 on 20 expert committeesof organizations such as the World Health Organization, the Pan American
Health Organization, the Food and Agriculture Organization, and the Inter-national Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry and others.
During fiscal year 1967, FDA had 102 foreign visitors who represented 36
countries. These foreign officials received training, orientation, ortechnical guidance in accordance with their requests. Nine foreign
students enrolled in FDA sponsored courses conducted at GeorgetownUniversity and at the University of Rhode Island.
- 62 -
socILLs2sErLy Administration
The Social Security Administration (SSA) dates back to 1935, when the
Social Security Act of that year .established the U.S. social security
program and the Social Security Board was charged with its administration.
In 1939, the Social Security Board became a part of the new Federal
Security Agency and in 1946 its name was changed to the Social Security
Administration. The latter in turn was incorporated in the Department of
Health, Education, and Welfare when it was established in 1953. In January
1963, various assistance and welfare programs previously administered by
the SSA (as described below under Social and Rehabilitation Services) were
transferred to a newly created Welfare Administration which was set up as
a separate component of the Department of Health, Education, and Welfare.
SSA now administers the Federal Old-Age, Survivors, Disability and Health
Insurance programs (Titles II and XVIII of the Social Security Act as
amended), and the Federal Credit Union program (Eederal Credit Union Act
of 1934). It is also responsible for conducting studies of problems of
poverty and insecurity and the contributions that can be made to their
solutions by social insurance and related programs, and for making recom-
mendations for the most effective methods of improving social and economic
security through social insurance.
International Activities
Trainin and Technical Assistance
During the fiscal year ending June 30, 1967 the Social Security Adminis-
tration provided a number of services in the training of foreign nationals
and technical assistance in cooperation with bilateral and multilateral
technical assistance agencies. The SSA conducted technical training and
observation programs for 875 persons from over 70 countries. Visitors
included legislators, social security officials, ministers of labor and
social welfare, labor union leaders, and officials from ministries of
labor, among others. Many of these foreign nationals with interests
primarily in related fields of activity visited the SSA for one day
orientation sessions in which they learned how the United States provides
economic and social protection for our people through its social insurance
and social welfare programs. Others spent a longer period of time (2-9
months) to study the organization, methods, and administration of social
security as an aid in improving their own administration at home.
Requests for this training come primarily from the Agency for International
Development (AID); however, many requests originate with the International
Labor Organization, Department of State educational and cultural exchange
programs, and a variety of public and private organizations, foundations,
and agencies.
- 63 -
In addition to individual and group training programs, SSA, in cooperation
with AID, conducts an annual seminar lasting two months on the administra-
tion of socftal security. This seminar is designed to upgrade the manage-
ment skills of su-dal security administrators from developing countries.
Through lectures, discussions, and actual observation, :.rticipr-ts learn
about the organization and methods needed to administer an effilent social
security system.
Also under the auspices of AID, and with the cooperation of the University
of Wisconsin, SSA sponsored a seminar in November 1967 on social security
policy related to economic and social development policy. The objective
of this seminar was to assist senior government officials from developing
countries to formulate broad social security policy which will be in
harmony with the country's economic development plans.
SSA also recruits and sends experts on technical assistance missions to
other countries. The assistance provided has taken the form of (1; advice
on planning social insurance programs, (2) actuarial studies of the cost
of existing or proposed benefits, (3) help with specific organizational or
administrative problems, and (4) diagnosis of existing problems. For tL se
purposes, SSA experts have visited a number of countries under the auspices
of the U.S. foreign aid program (AID), the International Labor Organization,
or at the invitation of the governments themselves.
Participation in International Organizations
The Social Security Admilastration participates in the activities of
several international organizations. It furnishes advisers to the,U.S.
Delegation to the International Labor Organization conferences whensocial
security topics are on the agenda. The SSA is a member of the International
Social Security Association (ISSA) whose General Assembly it hosted in 1964.
During 1965-67, under contract with ISSA, it developed the ISSA Abstracting
Service to produce abstracts of important social security articles for all
countries. The SS& also cooperates with the Department of State in connec-
tion with sessions of the United Nations Economic and Social Council and of
its Commission for Social Development. Activities of the Organization of
American States have also involved SSA personnel as consultants in the
social security field.
Research
The Social Security Administration analyzes on a continuing basis the
differing practices in the provision of all types of social security
benefits in foreign countries and in the United States, including such
matters as the nature and extent of coverage; sources Of revenue; rates
of contr;bution; qualifying conditions; benefit amounts; and adminis-
trative structures and procedures. The social security programs of 120
countries were summarized in the latest edition (1967) of a triennial
-64-
camprehensive survey entitled, Social Security Programs Throughout the
World. In addition, major developments in the social security program of
a specific country and surveys of social security developments in a region
of countries are regularly reported in the Social Security Bulletin, as
are analyses of international aspects of social security and of international
comparisons of specific features of social security programs in selected
countries. Occasional reports provide in-depth analysis of social security
programs in specific countries, including the role of these programs in
their national economy.
The Bureau of Federal Credit Unions is administered by the Social Security
Administration. A Federal Credit Union is a cooperative association -
privately owned and democratically controlled by its members. The Federal
Bureau works with Federal Credit Unions in chartering, supervising,and
examining Federal Credit Unions.
International Activities. For many years, the Bureau of Federal Credit
Unions has been helping people in foreign countries interested in credit
unions. Information on credit union organization, purpose, and methoc of
operation has been sent to many government representatives and coopera-
tive federation rep resentatives of countries from most parts of the world.
Specialized training has been given to people from foreign countries
seeking help in developing a credit union program and in establishing
examination and supervision methods for credit unions established. These
representatives have gained many ideas from the experiences of the Bureau
to plan and direct in a sound and progressive manner a growing credit
union development in their own countries.
Social and Rehabilitation Service
In August 1967, the Social and Rehabilitation Service was established as a
result of a major realignment of Federal welfare, rehabilitationland sotial
service programs. The purpose of the new Agency is to make possible a
unified approach to the problems of needy Americans, with special emphasis
on the family. The Agency joined under single leadership the income support
programs for needy Americans and the social service and rehabilitation
programs that many families and individuals need.
The Social and Rehabilitation Service carries out the functions of the
Welfare Administration, including the Children's Bureau, the Vocational
Rehabilitation Administration, the Administration on Aging, and the Mental
Retardation Division of the Bureau of Health Services, Public Health
Service.
-65-
Office of International Activities. Because reorganization took place
after the end of fiscal Year 1967, this report reflects the inter-
national activities of the two major components of the present Office
of International Activities as they operated prior to the reorganization-
international activities in Vo,'.ational Rehabilitation and international
activities in Social Welfare and Maternal and Child Health.
Vocational Rehabilitation Administration (VRA)
Major international activities in Vocational Rehabilitation during
fiscal year 1967 included the following:
Training. Since 1947, the Vocational Rehabilitation Adminis-
tration planned and supervised training programs/for approximately
1,900 trainees, leaders, and visitors from 95 countries who have
been sent by their own governments, the foreign assistance pro-
gram of the United States, the Department of State, the Unit_d
Nations and its specialized agenciespand various voluntary
agencies. Programs were arranged for 100 visitors during 1967.
Such rehabilitation personnel study and observe the activities
of Federal and State rehabilitation programs and obtain practical
experience in public and voluntary facilities throughout the
United Statts. Many participated in special rehabilitation
courses at universities or in the rehabilitation research and
demonstration projects of the VRA.
Research Program Under P.L. 480. Cooperative research projects
of mutual value to the United States and foreign countries are
being carried out on practically all aspects of rehabilitation
of the disabled. Since the program was initiated in 1961, over
145 projects have been approved in nine countries and an addi-
tional 30 new projects are now under consideration. The coun-
tries in which the VRA was authorized to conduct cooperative
research projects in 1967 were: Ceylon, India, Israel, Pakistan,
Poland, Tunisia, United Arab Republic, and Yugoslavia.
New and imaginative approaches being developed through the inter-
national projects are greatly influencing rehabilitation work
in the United States. Some of the recent research advances
include: new techniques for immediate post-operative fitting
of artificial legs to amputees; development of new materials and
techniques for the fabrication of braces that are lighter, more
economical, stronger,and more attractive than the traditional
metal devices; documentation of the beneficial effects of
graduated physical exercise and recreation in the rehabilitation
of coronary patients; development of techniques for training
blind persons in such diversified occupations as textile manu-
- 66 -
facture, agricultural work, and computer programming; and
design of an artificial hand which is more similar to a human
hand in both appearance and function than any previous models.
.Interchange of Rehabilitation Experts. Under the program for
the interchange of rehabilitation experts, fellowships are
granted to overseas researchers affiliated with VRA-supported
projects and to American rehabilitation experts with skills
and experience requested by the overseas organizations conducting
research. Since 1961, approximately 170 overseas researchers
have been brought to the United States to participate in and
observe rehabilitation activities, and an equal number of
American experts have been sent.abroad to work for specified
periods on the projects. Fifty experts were interchanged
during 1967.
These interchange activities provide a means of pooling the
knowledge and experience of rehabilitation workers in the
United States with that of their counterparts abroad, thus
assisting in the rapid implementation of new knowledge and
techniques. For example, new techniques developed through a
project in Poland for immediate post-surgical fitting of
artificial limbs to amputees have been widely disseminated
through the interchange program. The Polish surgeon who
developed the technique has visited the United States, has
addressed large national and international conferences of
surgeons and rehabilitation workers, and has demonstrated his
techniques in a number of participating.countries. Also,
surgeons and prosthetists who are now experimenting with
modifications of these techniques in twelve U.S. hospitals
have been sent abroad to exchange information with their counter-
parts.
Cooperation with the United Nations. Since 1947, the Vocational
Rehabilitation Administration worked closely with the U.N.
Social Commission in developing the Commission's international
rehabilitation program. The VRA participated in the evaluation
of policy statements and program proposals of the Social Commission
with responsibility to advise from the standpoint of U.S. philos-
ophy and experience. Also, aid was provided to the Social Commis-
sion and the Secretariat in developing and conducting the U.N.
rehabilitation program and in the recruitment of professional
and technical personnel competent in 'rehabilitation work for over-
seas duty.
Publications and Professional Material. In economically develop-
ing countries there is a dearth of rehabilitation information.
Rehabilitation publications of a professional and technical nature
- 67 -
are sent at the request of agencies abroad or individuals who.
visit the office. These publications, which number from 2,000
to 2,500 per year, are for use in the development of rehabili-
tation services and programs.
Welfare Administration (WA)
The programs of the U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare
that are concerned with welfare comprise the Welfare Administration and
include the Bureau of Family Services, the Children's Bureau, the Cuban
Refugee Program, and the Office of Juvenile Delinquency and Youth Develop-
ment. The program units in welfare include an international service which
is responsible for international welfare programs; an emergency welfare
service, which is responsible for the welfare aspects of civil defense;
and research and information units which supplement and coordinate the
, research and informational activities of the Administration's special
Bureaus and Offices.
Through the programs of the Welfare Administration, organizations are
helped in many ways to establish, expand, and improve a broad range of
.services to people in all walks of life. The kinds of Federal assistance
provided to States, communities, and various types of organizations
include: financial grants to State agencies for public assistance, child
welfare, maternal and child health, and crippled children's programs;
for training; for research and demonstration. Technical assistance is
provided by specialists in headquarters office in Washington and in the
nine regional offices of the Department of Health, Education, and Welfare.
The Welfare Administration also provides leadership to the developing
welfare program of the country by issuing materials on new knowledge and
its application, and works with State community and professional leaders
interested in strengthening service programs. It helps to set minimum
standards for administration and operation of programs.
International Programs. The International Office of the Welfare Adminis-
tration planned and conducted training sessions for 934 international
trainees coming from 103 different countries during fiscal year 1967--the
largest number of countries sending visitors in any one fiscal year. The
number of African countries represented (33) was greater than that from
any other area--12 from the Far East and South Pacific; 21 Europe; 23
from Latin America; 12 Near East and South Asia, Australia and Canada.
The countries sending the largest number of trainees were Brazil, Japan,
and Turkey.
Requests for training came through the Department of State, AID, UN, WHO,
OAS, numerous Embassies, and a large variety of universities, foundations,
and voluntary agencies.
- 68 -
As the number of countries increases, including many newly independent
governments, the fields of interest increase in variety and in complex-
ity. This is reflected in an awareness of the need for trained personnel
in all aspects of social welfare administration and planning; in social
work education at the graauate ana undergraduate levels; in social welfare
measures to meet pressures of rapid urbanization; in drafting legislation
for protection of families and children; in progressive measures for
communities to meet the problems of youth; in research projects as a
basis for improved planning. Countries sent directors of schools of
social work to study and observe methods of teaching community leadership
and community action. Social work practice in institutional settings,
such as hospitals, schools, housing developments, and homes for aged'afid
for delinquent persons, was selected for study.
Maternal and child health programs include specialized training for
physicians in pediatrics, obstetricsland gynecology; maternal and child
health administration; pediatric nursing and midwifery; physical therapy,
dieteticstand X-ray techniques.
During fiscal year 1967, the Welfare Administration under the Special
International Research Program administered 65 cooperative research pro-
jects in the following countries: Burma, India, Pakistan, Israel, Poland,
Tunisia, Yugoslavia,and United Arab Republic. These included 7 new grants
in social welfare and 6 in maternal and child health. An increased effort
to foster studies which complement one another or which are aimed at
findings comparable to other research is reflected in extension to India
of the survey of basic problems of older eople. Communication of knowl-
edge and strengthening of research competence were fostered by seminars,
workshops, interchange of experts and research fellowships. Principal
investigators on the multi-national studies of the aging met in Yugoslavia
with U.S. consultants. Developments in the uniform survey of juvenile
courts in four major cities in Israel, Poland,and Yugoslavia were reviewed
in Washington with personnel from San Juan and consultants in the U.S.
Children's Bureau which is supporting the ctudy in Puerto Rico. Two U.S.
experts led a seminar in Bombay on soCial welfare research in which 30
participants from various parts of India included government officials
and other researchers as well as principal investigators from WA supported
projects.
In Israel, a 5-day workshop supported under this program brought experts
from the United States and England together with Israeli social scientists
to review research findings and develop proposals for a network of welfare
services to improve the well-being of underprivileged families. Eleven
non-government experts went overseas to give consultation on on-going
maternal and child health projects or to advise on the development of
new ones. The student research fellowship program, which was tried out
on a pilot basis in the summer of 1966, was opened up to all medical
- 69 -
schools in September 1966. Forty awards were made, double the numberoriginally planned, to students from 29 medical schools, who wereassigned to research projects in Israel, Yugoslavia, Pakistan, UAR,
and India. During the second half of the fiscal year 1967, a programof cooperation between the Welfare Administration and AID on nutritionof the young child was worked out, through the addition to the Children'sBureau (CB) staff of an expert in this field with extensive internationalexperience. Acting as liaison between the CB nutrition staff and theNutrition Section of OIR/NIH, she provided the channel for the flow ofexpertise in child nutrition to the operating staff of the Agency forInternational Development.
U.S. Public Health Service
The Public Health Service (PHS), under the direction of the Surgeon
General, is the Federal agency specifically charged with responsi-
bilities for protecting and improving the healch of the American people.
It is also responsible for collaborating with the governments of ether
countries and with international organizations in world health activities.
The activities of the Service are divided among the Office of the Surgeon
General, Bureau of Disease Prevention and Environmental Control, Bureau
of Health Manpower, Bureau of: Health Services, National Institute of
Mental Health, National Institutes of Health, National Library of Medicine,
,and the National Center for Health Statistics.
Multilateral Hea;,th Activities
The Public Health Service continues to play a major role in the activities
of the World Health Organization (WHO) and its regional office, the Pan
American Health Organization (PAHO). In cooperation with the Department
of State, the Public Health Service determines U.S. policy 'on world health
problems coming before the annual sessions of these organizations as well
as the sessions of the WHO Western Pacific Regional Office.
U.S. Public Health Service personnel are serving with WHO in Geneva as
well as in the regional offices. The PHS provides short-term consultants
for expert committee meetings, international seminars, symposiums, and
training courses sponsored by WHO and its regional offices, particularly
PAHO.
Official delegations to the annual World Health Assemblies and the PAHO
Directing Council meetings include the Surgeon General, other PHS officers,
and representatives from non-governmental U.S. health agencies and frequent-
ly from Congress. Annual sessions of the Western Pacific Regional Com-
mittee of WHO are also attended by Service officers who help comprise the
official U.S. delegation.
- 70 -
Bflateral Health Activities
The Public Health Service cooperates with national and international
agencies, governmental and non-governmental, by providing scientific
information, expert advice, technical assistance, and in some instances
financial support to international health programs. It is engaged in
foreign activities through its international exchange Program, inter-
national research activities, cooperative epidemiological and quarantine
programs,and other activities expanding from domestic programs.
Since the beginning of the technical assistance program theJ3ublic
Health Service has worked in partnership with the Agency for International
Development (AID) and its predecessor organizations in evaluating health
requirements and executing programs in countries where the United States
is engaged in bilateral support of health activities. Participating
Agency Service Agreements (PASA) between PHS and AID provide for projects
in community water supply development, measles-smallpox immunization,
vital statistics, nutrition, manpower development, malaria eradication,
malaria research, and surgical care in Viet-fiam.
Assistance is also given by the PHS to the Peace Corps in its recruitment
of health personnel and in meeting health training needs of the volL-Lteers.
Support is given to programs of voluntary agencies such as the Population
Council, Ford Foundation, and other U.S. agencies and organizations in
developing and carrying out their international health programs.
Office of International Health
The Office of International Health (DIH) of the Office of the Surgeon
General is responsible for developing and implementing Public Health
Service policies concerning relationships with bilateral and multilateral
health agencies and for direct staff advice to the Surgeon General an
international health activities and programs. The Office participates
with the Department of State in formulating U.S. positions on international
health matters and provides staff support to the U.S. delegations to
governing bodieE. of international health organizations; maintains liaison
for the Service with WHO, PAHO, AID, and other U.S. agencies (official
and voluntary) engaged in international health activities, and coordinates
arrangements for the assignment of PHS personnel as advisors or staff to
the programs of these organizations; provides professional consultation
and staff support services in environmental health, nursing, and health
education for AID and for PHS program units that carry out AID projects;
represents the PHS in the development of program plans and the negottation
of agreements under which the PHS supplies professional consultants and
staff for AID Missions overseas and for AID-financed health projects
carried out by the PHS; coordinates and provides central administration
of the Special Foreign Currency Program (P.L. 480) of the PHS;.plans and
administers the public health and medical sciences element of the U.S.-
-71-
U.S.S.R. education and cultural exchange program.
Activities During 1967
PHS assisted WHO and PAHO in the conduct of theirdisease and health programs through the detail ofPHS officers. During 1967, a total of 14'PHS officerswere on long-term detail and more than 100 PHS personnelserved as temporary consultants.
The PHS makes available to International organizationsits technical and research facilities. Twenty-threeof the WHO Reference Centers for the study of variousdiseases are located at health installations in theUnited States.
Professional staff of OIH performed on-site consultationand carried out evaluation studies in various countrieson request. During fiscal year 1967, 27 consultative visits
were made to overseas AID programs by PHS professionals.
Thirty health professionals detailed from OIH served asstaff members of AID missions and 5 as staff membersof the AID Washington office during fiscal year 1967.
OIH was assigned the centralized responsibillty forreceiving and coordinating all requests frol the
Department of State for PHS assistance for relief
in foreign disasters. A Foreign Disaster ReliefCoordinator has been designated from the staff of
OIH to serve as the central point of contact within
the Service, with other HEW operating agencies, and
with other Federal Agencies, in all matters involving
PHS assistance for the relief of foreign disasters.PHS assistance teams were sent to Nicaragua, Nepalloand
Mexico.
The U.S.-Soviet Health Exchange
December 1967 saw the completion of the fifth consecutive
biennial cultural exchange agreement between the United
States and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics
markingthe first decade of exchange cooperation betweenthe U.S. Public Health Service and the U.S.S.R.. Ministry
of Health in the medical and health sciences. For the
decade the record of visits to the Soviet Union by
American medical scientists under the exchange program
shows 26 delegations, 74 individual scientiststand seven
joint scientific session groups, or a total of about
-72-250 persons. Visits to the United States by Soviet
scientists comprise 25 delegations, 69 individuals, and
seven session groups or about 200 persons in all.
During 1967 two American delegations and 13 individuals
visited the Soviet Union; one joint scientific session
was held there. TINTo Soviet delegations and 14 individuals
from the Soviet Union visited the United States.
National Library of Medicine
The National Library of Medicine Act of 1956 established the National
Library of Medicine in order "to assist the advancement of medical and
related sciences and to aid the dissemination and exchange of scientific
and other information important to the progress of medicine and to the
public health." The international activities of the National Library of
Medicine (NLM) include the traditional acquisition, exchange, and service
functions of the National Library of Medicine; the Public Law 480 programs
in abstracting, indexing, translating, and critical reviews; cooperative
projects involving the computer-based information storage and retrieval
system, MEDIARS; and the development of institutional relationships in the
broad and fundamental aspects of biomedical communications.
Activities during 1967
The normal functions of the Library in acquiring and
exchanging materials, and providing services, include a
significant international component. The Library has
some 700 exchange partners in 70 countries.
The Library has an agreement with AID for provision of
services to the AID Washington staff, and biomedical
institutions and scientists in developing countries.
The Public Law 480 projects of the Library in Poland,
Yugoslavia, Israel, and India develop tools such as
translations, specialized abstracts in oral research
and drugs, and bibliographies.
The NLM.has bilateral arrangements 14th libr:ries in
Japan, Sweden, and the United Kingdohnm
The Library has been providing consultation to the PAHO
for the establishment of a Regional Medical Center in
Brazil.
es.
- 73 -
National Center for Health Statistics
International activities are carried out in the Office of Health Statistics
Analysis (HSA) and the Office of International Statistical Programs. In
the HSA, research on infant mortality has been contracted with a number
of countries - Czechoslovakia, Denmark, Finland, the Netherlands, Norway,
Sweden, and the United Kingdom.
1967 Activities
Research financed under P.L. 480 is placing increased emphasis
on the development of new techniques for estimating the
dynamics of population. Studies were completed in Pakistan
and the U.A.R., and new research agreements provide for
studies in Asia. Studies in Yugoslavia and Poland are
being continued.
Under a Participating Agency Service Agreement (PASA)
with AID, the Center conducts a training course tor
personnel from developing countries.
Representatives from the Center continue to attend
international conferences both in advisory and partici-
pation capacities. In addition, many foreign scientists
visit the Center for short periods to learn of the advanced
techniques being used, Staff members have consulted with
officials of the Health Ministries of England, Denmark,
and Germany and the WHO, UNESCO, and ILO.
Bureau of Health Manpower
This Bureau is charged with stimulating the development of health manp er
resources throughout the Nation to the end that needed health services are
available to all of the Amerlcan people. In a world of increasing inter-
dependence, the natural extension of this responsibility obligates the
Public Health Service and the. Bureau of Health Manpower to assist in meeting
the health and related manpower needs of developing countries as well as
those with strong and vigorous health programs.
1967 Activities
Staff members served as consultants to PAHO in conducting
studies of Health Manpower and Medical Education in Colombia
and Argentina, and a staff member was advisor to PAHO on the
preparation of training films.
The Division of Nursing assisted in the orientation of 12
visitors from 10 countries to the United States. They were
sponsored by WHO, British Commonwealth Nurse Scholarship
-74-
Fund, AID, Finnish Federation of Nurses, State Department,
PAHO, Royal College of Nursing,and the Rockefeller Foundation.
The Division of Ph sician Man ower provided consultative
services to Canadian officials and is gathering data about
the possible impact of the Immigration and Nationality Act
(P.L. 89-236, October 3, 1965) that becomes effective
June 30, 1968. The Division responded to inquiries from
foreign medical students, interns,and residents.
Division of Dental Health - Dental research projects are
being conducted in India, Israel, the UAR (P.L. 4809
and in New Guinea.
Research projects were undertaken for PAHO in Venezuela
and other Latin American Countries.
At the request of PAHO, the Division provided assistance
in the establishment of a Dental and Research Center
at the University of Sao Paulo, Brazil.
Division Staff provided technical assistance and
consultation to such international organizations as
the Federation Dentaire Internationale, the International
Organization for Standardizationoand the World Health
Organization.
Orientation, consultation, and training were provided
for visitors to this country from Africa, South America,
and the Far East
Division of Health Manpower Educational Services/Foreign
Students Education Branch - Technical and administrative
services were provided to foreign health workers visiting
the United States for professional and/or practical
training. A majority of the visitors are sponsored by
AID with whom PHS has a contractual agreement. Assistance
was provided to visitors supported by the United Nations
and its specialized agencies, private foundations,
voluntary agencies, and individuals sponsored by their
governments or "on their own."
During fiscal year 1967 services were provided for a
total of 489 health students and professionals from
81 countries; 125 were AID participants.
Formal training programs were arranged for 38 in 11
schools of public health, for 46 1n.32 schools of
-75-medicine for 17 in 10 schools of nursing, and for
45 in 31 other academic centers. Twenty-nine PHS
units provided training for 224 visitors and 119,
chiefly on travel grants, visited health departments,
laboratories, hospitals, clinical centers, and other
U.S. health facilities. In all, 158 separate U.S.
training centers participated in providing experience
for international health students and professionals
during the year.
Among the participants at training centers were six
health officers from Thailand, four engineers from Brazil,
and eight engineers from Pakistan.
Twenty-three AID medical education participants attended
a conference held at Duke University, and four AID
participants attended a training program for public
health workers at the University of Oklahoma.
Bureau of Health Services
The international research and research training activities of the Bureau
of Health Services are steadily increasing and are designed to complement
and strengthen the ongoing national programs of the Bureau. In the opera-
tional area, this Bureau is assisting the Peace Corps and the Agency for
International Development by carrying out extensive training and other
health programs overseas for these organizations.
1967 Activities
Pc,L. 480 - This Bureau is supporting clinical and applied
health services research in foreign countries where counterpart
funds are available. At the present time the health
projects are in Yugoslavia, Israel, India,and Pakistan.
P.L. 480 funds also support a newly established international
fellowship program that enables senior U.S. medical students
to receive fellowships for short periods of research training
in host institutions overseas. The program was initiated
in Yugoslavia during 1967 and in February 1968, 10 students
will begin a research training session in Israel.
The Bureau is currently involved in an international
collaborative study of medical care utilization. The
countries participating are the U.S.A., Canada, Yugoslavia,
Poland, Great Britain, Chile,and Finland.
A training program was conducted for Peace Corps volunteers
- 76 -
to carry out a maternal and child health programin Korea.
The Bureau is now carrying out for AID, under aParticipating Agency Service Agreement (PASA), a largescale project involving the National Medical Centerin Monrovia, Liberia.
The Bureau has health teams active in South Viet-Nam undera PASA with AID.
Bureau of Disease Prevention and Environmental Control
The Bureau of Disease Prevention and Environmental Control is composed offive National Centers, each of which contain elements of many ongoingPHS programs and each of which sponsor and cooperate in internationalactivities.
National Center for Urban and Industrial Health. The Water'Supply andSea Resources Program of the National Center for Urban and IndustrialHealth is responsible for technical supervision of five ParticipatingAgency Service Agreements (PASA's) in fiscal year 1967, in Brazi,l,Bolivia,and the Somali Republic, for technical assistance to PAHO,and for anevaluation of community water supply programs in developing lands.
1967 Activities
Staff members served as consultants in Canada, France,Germany, Israel, Italy, Japan, Spain,and the United Kingdom.Other staff members provided training programs in Braziland the Somali Republic. A research scientist was detailedto WHO for 2 years.
Training and observation programs were provided in theUnited States for visitors from Braz-11, Germany, Japan,the Somali Republic, South Africa, Swedenland theUnited Kingdom.
In 1967, the Center had P.L. 480 research agreements withIsrael, Poland, and Yugoslavia, and reciprocal agreementswere negotiated with WHO and the United Kingdom. Researchgrants were awarded in Australia, Italy, Japanoand Peru.
Tne Center received requests for information and consultationfrom Australia, Canada, Germany, Malaysia, the Philippines,and the United Kingdom. The Center had information exchangeprograms with Canada and Germany.
Staff members participated in meetings of the Organization
-77-for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD), andattended the International Association of PublicCleansing Conference in Paris.
National Center for Radiological Health. The National Center for Radio-logical Health collaborates with the National Academy of Sciences, the.Atomic Energy Commission, and the Japanese National Institutes of Healthin an extensive epidemiological study concerned with the delineation ofthe long-term radiation effects among the survivors of Hiroshima and
Nagasaki, Japan. Seven to eight PHS officers are assigned to the projecton a rotation basis.
1967 Activities
Officers of the Center served as consultants to WHO and PAHO.The Center Director acted as technical advisor to the U.S.delegation to the UN Scientific Committee on the effects ofatomic radiation, and another officer participated in an
IAEA Conference.
The Center co-sponsored a Conference in Montreal,on Inter-
national Guidelines to Radiological Health, jointly withMcGill University and the Canadian Ministry of Health.
National Center for Air Pollution Control. An International Program has
been established within the Assistant Director's office for promotion and
coordination of international programs within the National Center for Air
Pollution Control.
1967 Activities
Among the foreign visitors programmed by the Center were
scientists from France, Germany, Israel, Italy, Japan,
the Netherlands, Sweden, Thailand,and the United Kingdom.
Staff members served as consultants in Iran, Israel,and
Japan.
The Center sent representatives to a meeting of OECD and
to a seminar in Iran. German and Japanese scientistsattended a conference in Florida sponsored by the Center.
Grants were awarded to scientists in Austria, Canada,
Sweden, and the United Kingdom.
Under the P.L. 480 program of the Center, research studies
were undertaken in Poland, and translations of technical
journals were made in Israel and Japan.
National Center for Chronic Disease Control. The Center plans and supports
- 78 -
activities in this country and foreign countries which will contribute to
developing a national program for the prevention and control of chronic
diseases. International activities may be supported through technical
assistance and consultation, training, exchange of information, and
research projects under P.L. 480.
1967 Activities
Staff members have continued to serve as consultants to WHO,
the International Cancer Congressland PAHO.
The Scientific Activities Overseas Program (P.L. 480)
has provided funds to support twenty research projects
in India, Israel, Pakistanond the United Arab Republic.
A research grant also was awarded in the United Kingdom.
National Communicable Disease Center
1267 Activities in Trainin Research and Consultation
Four hundred and twenty (420) professional health workers from96 different countries were programmed at the Center for training
and consultation. Of them, 186 attended special or regularlyscheduled courses; 187 were programmed individually; and 47
received combined course and bench training. Training activities
were conducted both at the Center's headquarters in Atlanta and
at field stations around the country.Center training personnel were assigned to special projects
in Liberia, Costa Rica, El Salvadorpand the Philippines.
A total of 238 Center staff members.participated in research
and provided consultation abroad, involving travel to 78
countries. 'They worked on expert health committees, rendeved
field training, conducted on-the-spot research and investi-
gation, participated in international meetings, and served
on special projects under agreements with WHO, PAHO, AID, FAO,
or in conjunction with active NCDC projects.
During fiscal year 1967, fellowships were awarded to four
physicians and 10 scientists, representing Argentina, Canada,
Ceylon, Egypt, Finland, Germany, India, the Netherlands,
the Republic of South Africa, and Taiwan.
The Center supports research in various fields of communicable
disease control. Individual physicians and scientists are
assigned to laboratories and research organizations in Pakistan,
Uganda, India, Brazil, Mexico,and the United Kingdom.
- 79 -
Other Activities included:
The Malaria Eradication Program assisted 16 countries
during fiscal year 1967; among them were El Salvador Panama,Paraguay, and Thailand.
A Smallpox Eradication - Measles Control Program funded byAID through a PASA was initiated in 1967 in 19 West andCentral African countries: Cameroon, Central African Republic,Chad, Congo B., Dahomey, Gabon, Gambia, Ghana, Guinea,Ivory Coast, Liberia, Mali, Mauritania, Niger, Nigeria, Senegal,Sierra Leone, Togo, and Upper Volta.
The Epidemic Intelligence Service gave assistance in CholeraControl to Pakistan, Turkey, Iraq, Nicaragua, Ghana, India,and New Zealand.
Research Grants totaling $249,607 were awarded to projects inDenmark, Japan, Canada and WHO.
The Public Health Service Audiovisual Facility in fiscal year1967 translated some 50 medical/health audiovisuals into foreignlanguages for distribution to nations throughout the world.These included motion pictures, audio-tapes, videotape-to-filmtransfersond filmstrips translated into Spanish, French,andPortuguese.
The PHS Audiovisual Facility provides three basic services to AID, WHO, andother international health organizations and medical institutions:
(1) In 1967, the Facility loaned more than 2,218 motion picturesand other audiovisuals to 73 nations of the Middle East,Far East, Scandinavia, the British Commonwealthland Centraland South America. Among nations receiving the instructionalmaterials were Ghana, Nigeria, VietNam, Korea, Hungary,Yugoslavia, Poland, India, Korea, Canada, Mexico, and Japan.
(2) The Facility's Educational Studies and.Development Programprovides consultation to foreign countries.
(3) Through international cooperation with motion picturedistributors and producers, the Audiovisual Facilitymaintains a complete, up-to-date file of all filmsconcerned with health or medicine. Some of the catalogscontain films produced in, and made available from :
England, the Netherlands, Denmark, Argentina, Belgium,Japan, Sweden, Hong Kong, Canada, Iran, Malaysia, NewZealand, India, French Morocco, Puerto Rico, Scotland,Australia,and other nations.
(4) Under P.L. 480, the National Communicable Disease
Center is a partner in 18 cooperative research
projects for developing international health research
and potential in four countries: India, Poland, Israel,
and Yugoslavia.
National Insti_tute,of.Mental Health
During 1967, the activities of the National Institute of Mental Health
(NIMH) included: collaborative research projects between American and
foreign investigators; awarding of research grants to toreign scientists;
sponsorship and participation in international symposia and working
conferences on mental health and allied disciplines; sending American
scientists to work in foreign scientific and research centers; bringing
foreign scientists to work in U.S. facilities to participate in NIMH
research programs; collecting, analyzing,and disseminating pertinent
information from foreign countries; collaborating with WHO and other
international organizations; and sponsoring conferences on mental health.
National Institutes of Health
In supporting select international research opportunities, the National
Institutes of Health (NIH) has joined with foreign researchers and institu-
tions in working in biomedical research areas which are of mutual concern.
Among the mechanisms used in supporting international research are grants
to foreign scientists, support of U.S. nationals for research and training
abroad alld of foreign nationals for research training in tiv, United States,
collaborative research agreements with foreign institutions under the
P.L. 480 program, grants to U.S. universities for projects abroad and for
the establishment of research centers overseas, and the operation of
research units overseas.
In 1967, the sum of $448,012,000 was obligated for grants in support of
research; 27 of this, or $8,509,000, supported foreign grantees.
The NIH Visiting Program, authorized in 1950, enables NIH Institutes and
Divisions to invite a limited number of foreign scientists to work at
NIH. The Visiting Fellows, who are generally younger, less experienced
scientists, are invited to come to NIH to receive additional training.
Visiting Associates and Visiting Scientists are invited so that NIH may
benefit in research collaboration from their skills and experience. In
1967, 129 foreign investigators worked at NIH in the three appointment
categories.
Awards to U.S. nationals for study.and research at foreign institutions
are made under the same general conditions as postdoctoral fellowships
at domestic institutions.
- 81 -
Under the authority of the International Health Research Act-of 1960
(P.L. 86-610) funds were made available to U.S. universities which havedeveloped foreign affiliate centers to conduct investigatinns relevant
to U.S. domestic research interests, particularly in the tropical
diseases. Five international Centers are currently in operation.
A SEATO-Pakistan Cholera Research Laboratory is supported by Pakistan,
AID, the PHS (with P.L. 480 funds), and contributions from Australia and
the United Kingdom.
The U.S.-Japan Cooperative Medical Science Program was started as the
result of an agreement between President Johnson and Prime Minister Sato.
Public Law 480 Projects
During the last five or six years a number of PHS programs have produced
new knowledge in both basic and applied biomedical science through the
use of U.S..-owned excess foreign currencies (P.L. 480) in ten countries:
Burma, Ceylon, Guinea, India, Israel, Pakistan, Poland, Tunisia, United
Arab Republic (Egypt), and Yugoslavia. During 1967 a total of $9,225,786
was committed for projects in eight countries with seven PHS units parti-
cipating.
Editor's Note: Several changes have been made in the organization of
HEW's health activities since the preparation of the preceding material.
Three operating agencies make up a newly constituted Public Health Service
under the direction of the Assistant Secretary for Health and Scientific
Affairs. The Surgeon General retains that title and is the principal
deputy to the Assistant Secretary.
1. The National Institutes of Health includes all previous functions of
NIH (except the National Institute of Mental Health and the Division of
Regional Medical Programs), and in addition the Bureau of Health Manpower
and the National Library of Medicine.
2. The Consumer Protection and Environmental Health Service includes.the
Food and Drug Administration, National Air Pollution Control Administration,
and the Environmental Control Administration.
3. The Health Services and Mental Health Administration consists of the
National Communicable Disease Center (except for its pesticides, Aedes
aegypti, rodent, rodent control, and environmental training functi7177),
Bureau of Health Services, National Center for Health Statistics, a new
National Center for Health Services Research and Development, Regional
Medical Programs, Comprehensive Health Planning, and the National Insti-
tute of Mental Health.
- 82 -
ATOMIC ENERGY COMMISSION
The Atomic Energy Commission (AEC) was established in 1946. The Atomic
Energy Act declares that it is the policy of the United States that the
development, use, and control of atomic energy shall be directed to make
the maximum contribution to the general welfare and to the common defense
and security, and to promote world peace, increase the standard of living,
and strengthen free competition in private enterprise. The program of
the AEC includes:
Fostering nuclear research and development in order to encourage
the maximum scientific and industrial progress.
Disseminating unclassified scientific and technical atomic energy
information and controlling, disseminating,and declassifying
restricted data, subject to appropriate safeguards, so as to
encourage scientific and industrial progress.
Encouraging widespread participation in the development and
utilization of atomic energy for peaceful purposes subject to
appropriate safeguards against diversion to military use.
Carrying out a program of international cooperation in the
peaceful applications of atomic energy.
The Commission is composed of five 9embers appointed by the President by
and with the advice and consent of the Senate. One of the members is
designated by the President as the Chairman.
In the organization structure below the Commission, the licensing and
regulatory functions of the AEC are separate and apart from the other
Commission functions and are supervised by the Director of Regulation.
The quasi-judicial functions involved in regulation are not subject to
direction by either the General Manager or the Director of Regulation but
are reserved in the Commission assisted by an Office of Hearing Examiners.
The General Manager is the chief executive officer of the Commission who
discharges such administrative and executive functions other than those
involved in licensing and regulatory matters as the Commission may direct.
The principal assistant to the General Manager is the Deputy General
Manager who acts for the General Manager. The General Manager is assisted
also by .the Assistant General Manager and the Assistant General Managers
for International Activities, Research and Development, Reactors, Opera-
tions, Administration, Plans and Production, and Military Application; and
certain other staff divisions and offices which report directly to him on
their own special functional areas. On the regulatory side, the Division
- 83 -
of Reactor Licensing, Reactor Standards, Compliance, Radiation Protection
Standards, Materials Licensing, Nuclear Materials Safeguards,and State
and Licensee Relations report directly to the Director of Regulation.
International. Cooperation Program
The Commission's international activities are aimed both at helpingcooperating nations develop their peaceful atomic energy piograms and
at supporting the U. S. atomic energy program. Training programs forforeign students, library grants, and furnishing technical advisors toother countries are examples of AEC activities which assist other nations
in their own atomic energy development.
Information exchange programs, such as those with the United Kingdom
and the European Atomic Energy Community on their fast breeder reactor
programs, illustrate cooperative efforts with other countries which are
of direct benefit to U.S. reactor programs. Activities such as these
minimize the need for the Government and U. S. industry to duplicate
research and development work that is carried out abroad.
The international cooperation program is carried out primarily through
the following two divisions:
Division of International Affairs
Among the functions of the Division of International Affairs are:
negotiating and administering arrangements for technical cooperation;
supervising tne exchange of atomic energy information with other countries,
including limited unclassified exchanges with Soviet bloc nations; super-
vising the distribution of nuclear materials and equipment abroad; main-taining liaison with individual countries on atomic energy matters, and
with organizations of the European Atomic Energy Community and the Inter-
national Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA); and coordinating training of foreign
nationals in AEC facilities.
The Division also represents the Commission in participating with other
agencies of the Executive Branch in the negotiation and administration
of mutual defense arrangements.
AEC Scientific Representatives are stationed in London, Brussels, Paris,
Tokyo, Buenos Aires, Rio de Janeiro, and Chalk River, Canada. Their
function is to maintain liaison with the atomic energy programs of the
countries in their areas of responsibility and to serve as the represen-
tatives of the Atomic Energy Commission to these countries.
Division of Technical Information
The Division of Technical Information administers the AECIs international
-84-
conference support and international exhibits activities, the purposes
of which are to stimulate the free exchange and dissemination of infor-
mation on the peaceful applications of atomic energy throughout the
scientific and industrial communities of the world. Under this program,
the AEC participates in and provides financial support for selected
international scientific conferences on atomic energy, and plans, coordi-
nates, and operates international nuclear energy exhibits.
In 1967 the AEC financed the participation of 125 persons in 19 inter-
national scientific conferences. "Atoms-in-Action" Nuclear Science
Demonstration Centers have been presented in Geneva, Rome, Tokyo, New
Delhi, Cairo, Lahore, Buenos Aires, Rio de Janeiro, Lima, Beirut, Mexico
City, Athens, Santiago, Bangkok, Bogota, Vienna, Belgrade, Montevideo,
Madrid, San Salvador, Lisbon, Guatemala City, Utrecht, San Jose, Managua,
Dublin, Panama City, Ankara, Tehran, and Quito. Over 6,500,000 people
have attended the presentations.
With regard to funding for exhibits, the AEC authorizes the Department
of State, under a Master Support Agreement, to certify and disburse funds
charged to the AEC appropriation to support the exhibits. For inter-
national conferences, AEC shares the travel costs of participants going
abroad and issues a cost reimbursement type contract to the sponsoring
scientific body. For conferences convened in the United States, the AEC
can finance travel costs of selected U. S. and foreign participants.
Training and Research Opportunities and Information
Exchange Activities of the Atomic Energy Commission
An important phase of the AEC's international cooperation program is the
opportunity for foreign nationals to participate in research in the
peaceful applications of atomic energy, and the exchange of atomic energy
information with other countries. Since 1955 AEC facilities have accommo-
dated approximately 4500 foreign nationals sponsored by their respective
government, employer, or an international organization or an agency of
the U. S. Government such as AID.
For several years the Commission provided formal training at some of its
facilities, but, as non-AEC facilities were developed in the field of
peaceful applications of atomic energy, the formal courses have been
discontinued.
Both the International Institute of Nuclear Science and Engineering at
the Argonne National Laboratory and the Oak Ridge School of Reactor
Technology at the Oak Ridge National Laboratory have been terminated in
recognition of the fact that much of the subject matter covered by these
programs is now available in many universities here and abroad. This is
- 85
-- '
in accord with long-standing Commission policy to avoid duplicatingprograms offered elsewhere.
The Nuclear Center operated for the Commission by the University ofPuerto Rico was established in 1957 and was specifically designed toserve the long-term interests of Latin America by providing a locale whereattention can be given to scientific and technical needs appropriate to atropical environmental background.
There are Short-term courses in the field of radioisotopes offeredperiodically at the Oak Ridge Institute of Nuclear Studies, a Divisionof the Oak Ridge Association of Universities, at Oak Ridge, Tennessee.
Although the formal programs have been largely terminated, the nationallaboratories and other AEC-owned facilities continue, insofar as possible,to serve the nuclear research and program needs of foreign nationals byoffering on-the-job training assignments where working experience in theindividual's field will be of value to him as well as his country.
Information Exchanges
Under its information exchange program, the AEC carries on an extensiveexchange of technical information in the atomic energy field. Since theinception of the Atoms-for-Peace program in 1954, more than 40 technicalinformation exchanges have been developed on specific technical subjects.Arrangements for exchanges in specialized areas have generally been madeunder provisions of Agreements for Cooperation which are in effect withover 30 countries and international organizations. These specializedexchanges include technical cooperation in research and development pro-grams in areas of mutual interest. Hundreds of documents are exchangedeach year. The largest single source of nuclear information providedother countries is through the 79 depository libraries distributed abroad.These libraries, each containing more than 350,000 documents, are notstatic collections but continue to receive current U. S. publications onatomic energy. Each country or international organization receiving sucha library agrees to provide the United States with its own technicalpublications in the field.
There is a continuous flow of visitors to and from AEC facilities. Thedirect contact between U. S. and foreign scientists both here and abroadconstitutes one of the most important means of communicating new develop-ments in atomic energy. In addition, AEC makes long-term assignmentsof personnel to several foreign nuclear projects to assist in developingthe peaceful applications of atomic energy, and admits many foreignscientists to its own programs.
Exchanges between the United States and the Soviet Union on the peaceful
- 86 -
uses of atomic energy were first provided for in a Memorandum of Cooper-
ation signed on November 24, 1959. During a visit to the Soviet Union in
May 1963, AEC Chairman Glenn'T. Seaborg signed a new memorandum which
extended the cooperative arrangements through 1965. Since the initiation
of the cooperative program, a limited number of U. S. and Soviet scientists
have exchanged visits and some unclassified documents in the atomic energyfield have been exchanged.
Cooperation with the International Atomic Energy Agency
Through June 1967 the United States had provided 127 cost-free consultants
to the IAEA to assist member nations in their atomic energy programs.
In addition 70 U. S. citizens have been employed by the IAEA as technical
assistance experts to provide their services to member nations. The IAEA
supports a fellowship program under which the Agency finances nuclear
training for students in member states. The United States also makes
available_to the IAEA each year about 40 fellowships administered by the
National Academy of Sciences under contract with AID. The AEC, itself,
provides no direct scholarship assistance to foreign students.
- 87 -
CIVIL AERONAUTICS BOARD
The Civil Aeronautics Board (CAB) was established in 1938. Its purposes
are: to foster and encourage the development of an air transportation
system adequate to the present and future needs of the foreign and domestic
commerce of the United States, the postal service, and the national defense;
to preserve the inherent advantages of air transportation; to regard as in
the public interest, competition to the extent aecessary to assure the sound
development of an air transportation system adjusted to the national needs;
and to regulate air commerce in such manner as to best promote its develop-
ment.
In general, the Board performs two functions: (1) regulation of the
economic aspects of domestic and international U.S. air carrier operations
and of the common carrier operations of foreign air carriers to and from
the United States; and (2) participation in the establishment and develop-
ment of international air transportation.
International Activities
The Federal Aviation Act authorizes the Secretary of State to advise and
consult with the Board concerning the negotiation of any agreement with
foreign governments for the establishment or development of air navigation,
including air routes and services. The Board participates in formal nego-
tiations and consultations arising under existing bilateral air agreements,
and advises the Department of State on economic considerations relative
thereto. Under other provisions of the Act the Board, with the approval
of the President, issues certificates authorizing U.S. air carriers to
engage in foreign air transportation, and issues permits to foreign air
carriers covering their operations to the United States.
As a result of the increasing interest and workload in the field of inter-
national aviation, the Board, in 1961, created a Bureau of International
Affairs. This Bureau advises the Board on the formulation of positions to
be taken by the United States on international civil aviation matters in
connection with international conferences and bilateral and multilateral
relations with foreign countries. The Bureau represents the Board on inter-
national aviation matters with the Department of State and with other agen-
cies. It also prepares general and special studies in the field of inter-
national aviation for use by the Board in carrying out its responsibilities
in the economic development of international aviation. Approximately 75
percent of the Bureau's activities relate to bilateral air transport
agreements between the United States and foreign governments on a world-
wide basis, and to problems thereunder. The remainder of the Bureau's
activities are related to nonbilateral affairs.
The Board through the Interagency Group on International Aviation (IGIA)
participates in the economic, legal,and technical work of the International
Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO).
'
- 88 -
CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION
The Civil Service Commission was created by an act of Congress approved
January 16, 1883, The Commission's authority was later broadened bylegislation and executive order, as noted in the principal activities
listed below.
The fundamental purpose of the law was to establish, in the parts of the
Service covered by its provisions, a merit system whereby selection for
appointment should be made upon the basis of demonstrated relative fitness
without regard to religious or ordinary political considerations.
The Commission is the central personnel agency for the Federal Government
and operates as the personnel management arm of the President. In this
capacity, the Commission decides personnel policy and provides the neces-
sary leadership in Federal personnel administration on behalf of the
President.
The Commission is also an operating agency charged with the responsibility
of administering 16 major personnel laws as required by various acts of
the Congress.
International Activities
The Commission offers qualified foreign visitors an opportunity to study
our Federal civil service system and to gain theoretical and practical
training in public personnel administration. In some cases, traineesremain for 6 months; however, the average sojourn is about 2 months.
The Bureau of Management Services through the International VisitorOffice administers the program.
The Commission encourages an exchange of skills and information between
the United States and other countries of the world and cooperates with
the Agency for International Development, the Department of State, and
the United Nations in providing training for approved foreign nationals.
The Commission also receives international guests referred by theInternational Labor Organization, the Ford Foundation, the EisenhowerFellowship Program, the Council for International Progress in Management,the Governmental Affairs Institute, the American Council on Education,the Foreign Student Service Council, the Japan Productivity Center, the
Institute of International Education, and various universities and for-
eign embassies.
Since 1950, over 4000 visitors from a hundred different countries have
been represented in the training program. The number of foreign nation-
als participating averages about 250 yearly. During 1967 there were239 individuals from 52 countries received by the Commission.
- 89 -
DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE
In 1862 President Abraham Lincoln signed a bill establishing the U.S.
Department of Agriculture (USDA). Its first staff -- consisting of a
horticulturist, a chemist, an entomologist, a statistician, an editor,
and 24 others -- has grown to its present strength of more than 29,000
professionals, representing the entire spectrum of agricultural skills.
Over the past century, Congress has given many duties to the Department
of Agriculture. Despite its growth and constantly changing duties, it
has remained the "people's department" as Lincoln envisioned it. Its
research, extension education (the familiar "county agent" system),
rural development, agricultural stabilization, conservation, and consumer
protection programs benefit all Americans, urban and rural.
To an increasing extent, it is benefiting people of other nations. Two
of USDA's 17 program agencies -- the Foreign Agricultural Service (FAS)
and the International Agricultural Development Service (IADS) -, focus
on the international scene. Foreign Agricultural Service works with
private U.S. trade groups in maintaining and expanding foreign markets
for U.S. farm products, while International Agricultural Development
Service primarily coordinates the Department's technical aid to develop-
ing nations. Another smaller group, the International Organizations
Staff (I0S), coordinates the Department's participation in international
conferences and organizations.
All three groups are responsible to an Assistant Secretary for Inter-
national Affairs.
Foreign Agricultural Service
Foreign Agricultural Service is a service and promotion agency for U.S.
agriculture. The success of its teamwork with U.S. trade groups is
reflected in the mounting volume and value of U.S. farm exports. These
exports surged to a record $6.8 billion in fiscal year 1967 from a low of
$2.8 billion 13 years ago.
Foreign Agricultural Service's priority job is to increase exports to
"dollar markets." Dollar market sales make up 75 percent of U.S. agri-
cultural exports. The remaining 25 percent go to developing nations
under concessional terms of the U.S. Food.for Freedom Program. Both
concessional and dollar sales expand.markets for the U.S. farmer, helping
him increase his farm income.
FAS presses for the easing of embargoes, tariffs, quarantine restrictions,
and other trade barriers which hamper sales of U.S. farm products abroad.
+,11,,-TeT.,,,,T
- 90 -
It does this through participation in international trade meetings,
continual contacts with foreign officials, by protecting U.S. agri-
culture's stake in developments such as "common markets," and through
other international liaison.
FAS also provides foreign market data on prices and conditions of sales
which the Department of Agriculture uses for setting export payments when
domestic prices of certain commodities are above world market prices.
This helps keep U.S. commodities competitive in the world market.
FAS cooperates with over 40 U.S. and foreign trade and agricultural
organizations on market development projects in more than 50 countries.
These projects include participation in trade fairs (over 200 to dar,:e),
establishment of permanent trade promotion centers, distribution of
information on U.S. agricultural products, sponsoring U.S. visits by
foreign buyers and officials, and market research.
The agency operates the world's most comprehensive agricultural
"intelligence" system. This reporting and analysis network provides
a constant flow of facts not only on world agricultural production,trade, and consumptipn of 230 farm products, but,also on weather,
political and economic factors, and related information affecting U.S.
agriculture. Much of this intelligence is generated by agricultural
attacheos and officers at 58 posts around the world, covering over 100
countries. Nearly 5,000 reports and 2,500 foreign publications are
forwarded annually to Washington.
The Food for Freedom Program supports U.S. foreign policy by helping
friendly less developed nations improve their economies and also even-
tually strengthening demand for U.S. farm products as the buying power
of these nations increases.
Finally, FAS serves the U.S. consumer by supplying information on quantity,
quality, and availability of foreign farm products which the United States
does not grow commercially -- such as coffee, cocoa, tea, bananas, and
spices.
International Agricultural Development Service
IADS was established in 1963 to coordinate the Department's international
agricultu.zal development work. It is entirely funded by the U.S. Agency
for International Development (AID).
A USDA-AID agreement in 1966 formalized coordination and operating
procedures which had been in effect by tacit agreement for some time. This
agreement recognizes the unique personnel resources, capabilities, and
experience of USDA and "seeks to enlist as fully and effectively as
- 91 -
possible, on a partnership basis, the pertinent resources of the Depart-
ment in planning, executing and evaluating those portions of the inter-
national assistance program in which it has special competence."
The developing nations today need an-estimated 400,000 trained agricul-
turists if they are to produce enough food for themselves, or to have
enough income to import food commercially. Needed are researchers,
teachers, administrators, and others who can get agriculture moving in
their own nations. An important instrument of the self-help agri-
cultural efforts of these developing nations is learning in the United
States how to solve problems back home. During the. 1967 fiscal year,
4,206 foreign agriculturists -- over half of them sponsored by AID -.
studied U.S. agriculture under USDA-arranged programs. Some 500 private
companies and organizations cooperated with USDA and the State land-
grant universities in this training.
In this training effort USDA is not only concerned with equipping these
agricultural specialists and potential leaders with new skills and
technology. It is equally concerned that they get a clearer concept of
how agriculture works in a free enterprise system. USDA is interested
in developing attitudes and points of view that will enable visitingagriculturists, upon returning home, to contribute to an economic and
political climate in which agriculture will grow and rural people will
prosper. Cooperation of private enterprise is especially important.
Prominent policy makers, ranking scientists, and students from develop-
ing nations benefit from USDA's foreign training program. Some groups
and individuals stay only a few weeks or months for specialized training,
while others may stay longer for academic training at a U.S. university.
In each case, their training here prepares them to operate effectively
in agricultural development programs back home.
More than 370 experts from 17 USDA agencies worked overseas during 1967
in 35 developing nations. These specialists are helping the developing
countries build the agricultural institutions of change such as research,
extension education, credit, marketing, price incentive, conservation,
and others -- similar to those which have helped the U.S. farmer become
the world's most productive.
India, for example, is getting USDA help in soil and water conservation.
Many Indian farmers get either too much or too little water at the wrong
time for their crops. The problem calls for a national water management
program encompassing wells, irrigation, improved cropping patterns, and
a host of other changes. Four. USDA Soil Conservation Service specialists
are in the Mysore State. USDA patterns its conservation work there on
the recommendations of a special USDA-AID study in 1966 of India's water
management problems.
The USDA team in El Salvador has helped with a rapidly expanding super-
vised farm credit program -- similar to USDA's Farmers Home Administration.
In 1962, the Salvador Government extended 12 supervised farm loans valued
at about $9000; in 1967, it made 5,600 loans worth more than $2.6 million.
The six year total was 15,508 loans valued at more than $946 million.
About $6 million of this was loaned by AID.
A two-man team recently analyzed Congo's self-help efforts in agriculture
and identified bottlenecks to future agricultural growth. Two other USDA-
AID teams are working to increase rice production in Senegal and Liberia.
A resident team, planned for Zambia, will advise on credit, horticulture,
and soil and water conservation.
Survey teams are arEother important aspect of USDA technical assistance.
Some 23 of these teams in the last several years have helped USDA to
quickly evaluate the agricultural situation in less developed countries,
and have saved considerable effort in planning strategy for agricultural
development, including the level and kinds of U.S. assistance which could
be offered.
International Organizations Staff
IOS coordinates the Department's participation in international organi-
zations and in international conferences and meetings. It also serves
as a point of contact to facilitate effective use of all the Department's
resources in international organization affairs.
Particular attention is given to the U.N. Food and Agriculture Organization
(FAO), in order to carry out the Department's special responsibility for
interdepartmental coordination of U.S. participation in that organization,
and also to those organizations other than FAO that deal with multiple
subject-matter areas in the agricultural field.
,
- 93 -
, DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
The Department of Commerce, originally a component of the Department of
Commerce and Labor, was designated as a separate department in 1913. The
mission of the Department is to promote healthy growth of the American
economy through programs of assistance to business and commerce, the com-
munity, and the general public. A major purpose of the Department is to
develop and disseminate basic demographic, economic, business, scientific,
a/ environmental information. Other programs include promoting foreign
trade, overseas investment, increased travel to the United States, assur-
ing fullest use of the Nation's scientific and technical resources, and
fostering development of the American merchant marine. One of the
Department's newest missions is to assist in the economic development of
communities and regions with lagging economies.
The Department carries on major research and development in its several
program areas. This includes work to improve and extend scientific,
engineering, and commercial standards, to advance knowledge of the oceans,
earth, and the atmosphere, and to better understand the functioning of the
national economy. Commerce also administers the Nation's patent and trade-
mark systems, provides weather and other environmental forecasts and
warnings, carries out controls over the export of strategic materials,
and performs materials priorities and mobilization functions.
The Assistant Secretary for Domestic and International Business serves
as the principal advisor to the Secretary on the international activities
of the Bureau of International Commerce, the Business and Defense Services
Administration, and the Office of Foreign Commercial Services. The
Assistant Secretary for Science and Technology serves as the principal
advisor to the Secretary on the international activities of the Environ-
mental Science Services Administration, the NatAonal Bureau of Standards,
and the Patent Office. The Assistant Secretary for Economic Affairs
serves as the principal advisor to the Secretary on the international
activities of the Bureau of Census and Office of Business Economics. The
Administrator of the Maritime Administration and the Director of the
United States Travel Service report directly to the Secretary on matters
relating to the international activities of their organizations.
Business and Defense Services Administration
The Business and Defense Services Administration (BDSA) stimulates the
development of industry and commerce by providing information needed in
formulating governmental policies and operations beneficial to business
and the national economy; conducting and publishing economic and indus-
trial studies; providing American business and industry with information
- 94 -
and advisory services; obtaining the views of business through advisory
committees and cooperation with trade associations; and providing a means
for utilizing the experiences of American business and industry in the
development of Government policies and programs.
BDSA provides advice and counsel to industries on international business
opportunities, tariff questions, commodity problems, and market prospects
abroad. It contributes to the development of commercial policy by assess-
ing the impact of imports on U.S. industry and implements the Department's
responsibilities under the Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Materials
Act of 1966 (Florence Agreement). The Florence Agreement facilitates the
international free flow of these materials by removing unnecessary trade
barriers.
Industry specialists also provide statistical and analytical analyses for
such international groups as the Organization for Economic Cooperation and
Development (OECD), International Rubber Study Group, International Cocoa
Agreement, and International Coffee Agreement.
BDSA officials prepare U.S. position papers and serve as delegates to
meetings of international organizations concerned with economic and
commercial problems. These include the U.N. International Development
Organization and Regional Commissions and the OECD. BDSA collaborates
with the Economic Development Administration in the OECD Industry
Committee's examination of member countries' regional development programs.
Bureau of International Commerce
The Bureau of International Commerce (BIC) is responsible for promoting the
international business of the United States. In this respect it provides
services and information to business, seeks to improve the international
climate for overseas trade and investment, and presents the views of
American traders and investors in the councils of Government.
In addition, under the Export Control Act, the Bureau controls exports to
the extent necessary to further the foreign policy of the United States,
to assure that strategic commodities are denied to unfriendly or poten-
tially unfriendly countries, and to prevent excessive drain of commodities
in short supply domestically.
Appropriations and personnel for the Bureau's international activities in
fiscal year 1968 amounted to $17,561,000 and 1,005 positions.
BIC's wide range of international activities include the following:
BIC counsels businessmen beginning or already engaged in
international commerce to find out where, when, and how to
market their products.
- 95 -
BIC participates with other Government agencies, such as the
Department of State, Treasury, Agriculture, Labor, Interior,
Defense, Justice, the Agency for International Development,
and the Office of the President's Special Trade Representative
in negotiations and conferences with other countries to maintain
a climate in which international trade and investment can
flourish. These negotiations are carried out both directly
with the countries concerned and through such international
organizations as the United Nations and its subsidiarybodies, the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, and
the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development,
Fifty Bureau personnel attended some 49 international
conferences in 1966. In addition, more than a dozen Bureauexperts during the past few years played an active part
in the "Kennedy Round" trade negotiations at Geneva.
BIC examines tax, tariff, financiagoand other features of
doing business abroad to determine what changes might foster
U.S. business interests. Where appropriate, BIC takes the
initiative in seeking necessary changes in statutes,regulations, practices,or customs to assist U.S. business.
BIC provides information and assistance for direct privateinvestment and licensing abroad, particularly in the developing
countries, draws the attention of private enterprise to
investment opportunities abroad, under the provisions of
the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, as amended, and assiststhe Agency for International Development (AID) in promotingprivate enterprise in recipient countries. BIC also encourages
the investment of foreign capital in the United States,especially in areas of substantial unemployment.
BIC works through the Foreign Service of the United States
to keep informed on overseas developments having a bearing
on U.S. trade and investment. Country and regional specialistsstudy closely economic trends, patterns of trade, legislation,
regulations, policiesond commercial practices in all parts
of the world. Their findings are disseminated to U.S. tradersand investors as well as to the Government for formulating
trade and investment policies and export expansion programs.
BIC helps U.S. businessmen by direct trade promotion activities,
such as Trade Missions, Trade Fairs, Trade Centers, and Sample
Displays.
Trade Missions are selected groups of businessmen who have
volunteered to carry U.S. business proposals to businessmen
abroad. Trade Missions talk business, locate buyers and
- 96 -
distributors, and bring back hundreds of marketing andinvestment opportunities for U.S. producers. In fiscal
year 1967, 31 BIC Missions traveled abroad, with morethan 300 businessmen serving on the Missions. They
returned to the United States with over 800 trade oppor-tunities and 700 proposals for joint venture or licensing
agreements.
Trade Fairs are 20th century versions of the ancient bazaars.They give U.S. firms an opportunity to display and sellanything from tiny gadgets to sophisticated machinery.BIC mounted 19 commercial exhibitions at overseas tradefairs in fiscal year 1967, reaching markets in Europe,Latin America, the Near East, and the Far East. Immediate
sales of U.S. products at these exhibitions totaled$10,286,000. Exhibitors predicted additional sales result-ing from the exhibitions during the succeeding 12 monthsof $93,794,000 and appointed 196 new overseas agents anddistributors.
Trade Centers are permanent commertial showrooms abroadwhere the products of different U.S. industries aredisplayed for sale in order to help U.S. exporters testthe market and find local distributors or sales represen-tatives. Six such centers are now operating -- in London,Frankfurt, Milan, Tokyo, Bangkok, and Stockholm. Forty-
three shows were staged at U.S. Trade Centers in fiscalyear 1967 resulting in $4,176,000 in immediate sales.
BIC administers the Mobile Trade Fairs Act of 1962. Under
this program, financial assistance and technical supportare provided to private individuals, organizations, andagencies of State or local governments engaged in inter-national commercial operations to exhibit and sell Americanproducts via ships, planes, or vans. In fiscal year 1967there were 2 mobile trade fairs, one to Central Americaand the other to Europe.
The Sample Display Service allows U.S. exporters to display,
without charge, product samples and descriptive literature toprospective local agents, distributors, and licensees in
developing markets. Sample Display Centers are located at U.S.Embassies in Manila, Beirut, and Nairobi and at the U.S. TradeCenter in Bangkok. In fiscal year 1967, 306 U.S. manufacturers-.197 new to exportiag--utilized these centers. Seventy-four
new agency agreem-nts were concluded.
BIC also assists foreign retailers in staging America Weeks
_
- 97 -
sales campaigns for U.S. consumer goods, supplying themunique promotional material not normally available throughprivate channels. During fiscal year 1967, BIC supported10 "America Weeks" in Western Europe. Sales totaled over
$2.5 million.
BIC issues a wide variety of publications for businessmen.These include the weekly magazine, International Commerce;Overseas Business Reports, providing information neededby exporters, investors, manufacturers, and researchers;Market Share Reports, pinpointing the worldwide movementof each of more than 1100 groups of manufactured products;Foreign Market Reports, giving on-the-spot observations ofexperienced commercial and economic officers of the U.S.Foreign Service in 280 cities of 130 countries, rangingfrom an account of developments that affect the market-ability of a single product to an analysis of the sweepof a national economy; a computerized file of World TradeDirectory Reports, supplying background information onindividual foreign business firms; and computerized TradeLists, giving the names and addresses of businessmen abroadwho deal in specific commodities or services and commodity-oriented marketing facts.
BIC speeds to businessmen listed on its automated AmericanInternational Traders Index specific items of world tradinginformation that have been matched by computer with theirparticular commodity and/or geographic interests. Detailedinformation on more than 23,000 American firms engaged orinterested in international trade and investment is included.
BIC also provides administrative and operational support tothe Foreign Trade Zones Board for the administration of theForeign Trade Zones Act of 1934, as amended; administersthe China Trade Act of 1922, as amended; and assists, with the
cooperation of the U.S. Foreign Service, in the settlementof trade disputes between U.S. and foreign firms.
Current and regular sources of additional information on the Bureau'sinternational activities include the weekly magazine, InternationalCommerce, and the Annual Report of the Secretary of Commerce. These are
for sa'- '7,7 the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing
Office, 'It. U.S. Department of Commerce, and the Department's 42 Field
Offices throughout the country.
- 98 -
Office of Foreign Commercial Services
The Office of Foreign Commetcial Services was established in February
1963. It provides support for all the international programs of the
Department of Commerce by carrying out the Department's responsibilities
relating to maintaining 'representation abroad through the unified Foreign
Service and of obtaining useful business and reporting services from the
staff of the U.S. diplomatic missions overseas, The Office works closely
with the Department of State to strengthen world-wide representation of
Commerce and U.S. business interests under a program agreed upon early in
1967 by the MO Departments to integrate economic and commercial activities
and personnel overseas.
As the point of direction or coordination between operating units of the
Department of Commerce and the Department of State and the U.S. Foreign
Service, the Office of Foreign Commercial Services recommends personnel
assignments and participates in the selection and control of manpower in
the Foreign Service with respect to economic/commercial activities. It
coordinates and maintains communications between the Department of Commerce
and posts abroad. The Office dlso represents the Department of Commerce
in planning or controlling the budgeting, staffing, assignment, recruitment,
and related activities of economic/commercial personnel serving abroad in
the Foreign Service under the jurisdiction of the Department of State; and
develops guidelines covering the functions and responsibilities "of economic/
commercial officers abroad, and initiates or coordinates instructions to
overseas posts.
Bureau of the Census
The Bureau of the Census, as part of its fact-finding and statistical
services, collects data on the foreign trade of the United States. In
addition, statistics collected in other fields, such as industry, business,
and transportation, are used in connection with the conduct of a variety
of international activities. The Bureau maintains arrangements involving
the exchange of technical and statistical materials with approximately 250
national organizations and institutions located in 130 countries and with
approximately 50 international organizations.
Under arrangements with AID and other agencies, the Bureau provides
statistical consultation to foreign governments, arranges oriehtation
programs for foreign visitors, and trains foreign technicians who are
studying census and other rtatistical methods. During fiscal year 1967,
consultation services were provided by 53 full-term and 9 short-term
advisers to same 16 developing countries as well as to the AID Regional
Office for Central America and Panama servin g 6 Central American
countries and to the Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East serving
pver some 20 countries. A total of 265 foreign technicians from 61
countries were engaged in study programs either at the Bureau or under
- 99 -
Bureau programming responsibility at other government institutions or
universities. Most of these technicians were in the United States study-
ing for one year. In addition, the Bureau received 170 visitors from53 foreign countries most of whom were government officials or repre-sentatives of private enterprise, including both producers and users of
statistics.
Office of Business Economics
The Office of Business Economics (OBE) provides basic economic measuresof the national economy, including the gross national product and theUnited States balance of international payments; publishes currentanalyses of the economic situation and business outlook; and engagesin general economic research on the functioning of the economy. OBE
regularly makes available in its monthly magazine, Survey of CurrentBusiness, the data it collects on foreign investments, internationaltravel, and foreign grants and credits; the balance of payments is shownquarterly on both the liquidity and official reserves basis.
OBE conducts a training program in balance of payments and national income
accounting for foreign technicians. Under an agreement with AID, suchtraining was provided for 52 foreign nationals in fiscal year 1967.
Similar service was provided to nine fellows of the United Nations andother organizations under arrangements made by the Department of State.
The Economic Development Administration
The primary objective of the Economic Development Administration (EDA) is
to create a climate conducive to the development of private enterprise in
America's economically distressed areas. EDA does this by insisting uponlocal initiative to design and implement community redevelopment inpartnership with government. Through its programs EDA creates new employ-ment opportunities in areas and regions of the United States that have
substantial and persistent unemployment, underemployment,and low family
incomes.
The Economic Development Administration is involved in two international
activities. These are: 1) the Industry Committee Working Party No. 6 of
the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) and
2) the U.S.-Mexican Border Commission.
1) OECD Industry Committee Working Party No. 6 on Regional Economic
Development.
In 1962 the Industry Committee of the OECD established a:working party to
study the area redevelopment policies of the member countries. The EDA
represents the United States on this working party. By 1965, most of the
OECD member countries were engaged in redevelopment efforts on a regi6nal
basis--similar to multicountry,State,or regional areas in the United States.
717011e
-100-
The Working Party, which meets twice a year, is now engaged in a country-
by-country examination of the regional development policies of its member
nations and to date has studied the regional development programs and
policies of France, the United States, Germany, the United Kingdom, and
Scandinavia.
These individual surveys are proving extremely valuable to all the
delegates. Each country seems to be struggling with similar problems
and the experiences of one country help to guide others in their efforts
to strengthen the economies of lagging regions.
The Deputy Assistant Secretary for Policy Coordination, U.S. Department
of Commerce, is Vice-Chairman of the Working Party.
2) The U.S.-Mexican Border Commission. This Commission was the outcome
of an April 1966 meeting between Presidents Lyndon B. Johnson and
Diaz Ordaz in Mexico City. The purpose of the Commission is to study
the manner in which relations between the frontier cities of both
countries can be improved and how the social, cultural, and economic
aspects of those who live in the border area can be elevated.
The Economic Development Administration, through the Assistant Secretary
for Economic Development, is a member of the Commission and has proposed
a development planning study for the border area.
There are a number of projects concerning different aspects of the
economic development of the U.S.-Mexican border area that are in various
stages of preparation and implementation. Among these are a tourism study,
a border industrialization study,and a natural resources study. Through
the Economic Development Working Group of this Commission it is hoped
that the necessary interdepartmental coordination can be achieved and
that the hoped-for economic development of this area can be attained.
Environmental Science Services Administration
The Environmental Science Services Administration (ESSA) was created in
July 1965 within the U.S. Department of Commerce. Its formation brought
together the functions of the Weather Bureau and Coast and Geodetic Survey,
which became major elements of the new agency, and created the Environmental
Data Service, National Environmental Satellite Center, and Institutes for
Environmental Research. The Central Radio Propagation Laboratory, formerly
of the National Bureau of Standards, became the Institute for Telecommuni-
cation Sciences and Aeronomy, joining ESSA's Institute for Atmospheric
Sciences, Earth Sciences, and Oceanography. The combination of these
functions provides, for the first time in a single agency, the capability
needed to observe, describe, and predict the process and phenomena of
man's physical environment, from the earth and oceans to the upper atmo-
sphere and space. Through research, ESSA strives to improve environmental
- 101 -
services available today and develop the services man will need tomorrow.
Environmental sciences are international--the atmospheric, oceanographic,and earth sciences knowing no national boundaries. Atmospheric,ocean-ographic, and climatological conditions on our national scale are directlyinfluenced by conditions far from our shores. Research in the environ-mental sciences can frequently be conducted in other countries and theresults used in this and other nations. ESSA, therefore, is engaged ininternational scientific activities through a normal extension of itsdomestic mission. These activities take several forms--data exchange,cooperative research, international weather station agreements, satelliteservices, observatory operations, and oceanographic studies.
Because of its expertise and facilities, the Administration is alsoinvolved in international programs requested by other agencies. ESSA,through Public Law 480 funds, has been able to encourage greatercooperation in international environmental research in India and Israel.Projects in other countries are also planned. ESSA cooperatively operatesa worldwide standardized seismographic network, participates in theAntarctic research program with funds transferred by the National ScienceFoundation, and associates in varying degrees with international organi-zations such as the World Meteorological Organization (WMO) and theIntergovernmental Oceanographic Commission (IOC).
The authority for ESSA's participation in international scientificactivities--i.e., those programs and activities that are normal exten-sions of the domestic mission--is derived from various sections of theUnited States Code, 15 U.S.C. 313a, 325, 327; 49 U.S.C. 1152-1151, tomention some.
Mission-Related Programs. Services provided and research conducted by ESSAhave an international component that is manifested in several distincttypes of activities. Environmental data first have to be acquired, whichimplies the need for facilities and trained personnel; then efficientlyand effectively transmitted, which necessitates worldwide communicationnetworks cemented together by formal and informal agreements; and finallyeither packaged for the potential consumers such as weather predictionsavailable to the public, or directed into research projects designed to
increase the knowledge, predictability, and ultimately the control ofnatural phenomena.
Data and information programs. Several data acquisition and exchangeactivities are administered either wholly or in part by ESSA. They takeon many forms, although they are functionally similar. They may havebeen created by a bilateral agreement, a multilateral agreement, a semi-formal nation-to-nation agreement, or they may exist as a matter ofconvenience without any binding agreement. These data acquisition programs
- 102 -
are primarily operational but data are also used for research purposes.
Weather stations in Central and South America and Caribbean:
A series of bilateral agreements with 12 Central and South
American and Caribbean countries affords ESSA the opportunity
to obtain upper atmospheric data that are essential for
weather analysis, forecasting, and research. Under these
programs the ESSA furnishes each of these countries technical
assistance, equipment,and supplies. Each cooperating country
furnishes operational personnel, space,and, in some cases,
equipment and supplies. The cost of this activity for fiscal
year 1967 is $475,000.
Joint Arctic weather stations:
There are five joint Arctic weather stations in the Queen
Elizabeth Islands operated jointly by Canada and the United
States. This program is based on a bilateral agreement
originally formulated by the Permanent Joint Board on Defense
(Canada-United States). At the present time Canada provides
approximately 55 percent of the support for this program and
the United States provides 45 percent. The annual cost to
the United States in fiscal year 1967 will be about $725,000.
Moving ship weather observational program:
ESSA conducts upper air weather measurement programs aboard
17 ships, principally in the North Pacific. Additionally,
ESSA obtains surface weather observations from approximately
2,000 cooperative surface weather observation programs on
merchant ships sailing all over the world. About 900 of
these ships report by radio and provide essential data for9
forecasting; the balance of the ships report by mail in
support of marine climatology. The total annual cost of
the program is approximately $1 million.
Worldwide data centers:
The highly successful InternationalGeophysical Year (IGY)
was a model for international programs and a stimulus
for continuing progress in geophysical exploration.
The Antarctic research program is one such program.
Another is the world data centers set up to facilitate
exchange of data acquired through IGY efforts. Two major
data centers came into existence -- Center A, United States, and
Center B, U.S.S.R.; a few specialty date centers were maintained
by Denmark and Japan.
- 103 -
Within World Data Center A there were originally 12subcenters representing various scientific disciplinesor fields. Some of these have been cunsolidated and are nowadministerea by ESSA for domestic purposes. These are:meteorology, nuclear radiation, geomagnetism, gravity,seismology, and upper atmospheric geophysics (which includesafirglow, instrumental aurora, cosmic rays, the ionosphere,.saV solar activity).
Muci' of this data program originated outside the Governmentsector, as a part of IGY. The international aspects remainthere to a large degree because the National Academy ofSciences is still the coordinator for World Data Center A,cooperating with the International Council of ScientificUnions (ICSU) which arranges for data content to be collectedand exchanged internationally, though primarily betweenData Centers A and B.
On the other hand, there exists a data exchange program that startedat the governmental level. The World Weather Watch (WWW) was conceivedin the early sixties with the object of observing, communicating,andprocessing global weather information, by using the newest forms oftechnology. Plans for the Watch are now well underway and are beingdeveloped and coordinated by the World Meteorological Organization(WMO). The increase in the accumulation of information and data islargely for the purposes of improving weather services. Yet, these dataare also to be used for research purposes.
The President recognized the importance of the World Weather Watch when,in October 1964, he directed the Secretary of Commerce to take necessaryaction to bring Federal departments and agencies concerned with inter-national activities and programs in meteorology into closer consultationand coordination. In response the Secretary established a small inter-agency working committee--The Interagency Committee for InternationalMeteorological Programs (ICIMP ). As a result of the efforts of ICIMP,plans for U.S. participation in the World Weather Watch have been developedalong with required budgetary support for fiscal year 1968, with projec-tions through fiscal year 1972. It is estimated that $650,000 will bespent by ESSA in fiscal year 1968 in support of WWW. This amount willbe primarily to improve the capability to communicate and process world-wide weather information.
Weather satellites:
The worldls first operational weather satellite system wasestablished by the United States when ESSA I and ESSA IIwere launched into orbit in February 1966. This systemprimarily provides the global input of weather information
104 -
needed for improving the weather services of this Nation,
and also permits this country to provide a virtually unique
service to other countries of the world through a sharing
of the global information. One of the satellites of this
system is designed to send pictures directly to relatively
simple ground stations so the local weather forecaster can
have up-to-the-minute information. ESSA has made information
on how to build these ground stations available to other
nations through the World Meteorological Organization, a
United Nations agency. As a result, many countries have
established ground stations to receive these "quick look"
satellite pictures. ESSA keeps these countries informed
of the times the satellite will be transmitting pictures
within range of their stations. The pictures are analyzed
and the resulting cloud maps are integrated with data
obtained by more conventional methods for use in data
weather analysis and forecasting. The satellite cloud
maps that ESSA makes from these pictures are relayed not
only to field stations in the United States, but also
to other countries around the world.
Foreign research. ESSA supports research in foreign countries when the
results contribute to the accomplishment of its objectives. Unique aspects
of the research facilities or the geographical location are vital factors
that are weighed when deciding to fund research abroad. An avenue for
supporting research abroad is the excess currency program under Public
Law 480. Israel and India have been the principal countries with which
cooperative projects in environmental research and allied sciences have
been developed. Projects in other countries also are planned. The
Administration pinpointed its intentions for fiscal year 1967, by desig-
nating excess Public Law 480 funds in the amount of $750,000.
One of the major foreign research activities of ESSA is performed at the
Jicamarca Observatory of Peru. This unique location allows ESSA to conduct
ionospheric research near the magnetic equator.
Other Programs. Because of its unique facilities and expertise, the
Administration often is called upon to perform some science-related activity
by another Feaeral agency. Certain international programs are supported
by the Department of Defense, the National Science Foundation, and the
- Agency for International Development. In addition, ESSA advises and
monitors the environmental science activities of several international
organizations.
Worldwide standardized seismographic network. Since 1960, the Coast and
Geodetic Survey has directed a worldwide seismographic network. The purpose
of the program is to accelerate and enhance basic research in seismology.
- 105 -
Antarctic research program. ESSA, with funds supplied by the NationalScience Foundation, participates in the international research programconducted on the Antarctic continent. The Administration's activitiesinclude field programs and research meteorology, seismology, ionosphericphysicsland geomagnetism.
Development program (AID). The Agency for International Developmmtsupports programs undertaken by several Federal agencies to promote thescientific and technological capability of developing countries. ESSAprovides manpower as requested by AID for their foreign programs.Presently ESSA has 4 positions in Brazil. In addition, ESSA assists AIDin equipment procurement. In fiscal year 1967, 75 foreign nationalsreceived technical training at ESSA facilities.
International organizations. Many phases of ESSA's activities are under-taken in consort with international organizations. For example, inmeteorology, many of the worldwide weather data programs are coordinatedby WMO. Under these conditions ESSA's activities are fitted into theframework of NMO's recommended programs for the purpose ofmeeting international commitments, that is, WWW and data exchangesystems.
The Administrator has been designated by the Secretary of State as thepermanent representative of the United States to the WMO. The permanentrepresentative is responsible for U.S. coordination on all technicalmatters before the WMO. Often ESSA employees serve with the WMO, andwith other international organizations.
National Bureau of Standards
The National Bureau of Staadards (NBS) is responsible for providing thecentral basis, i.e., the necessary standards and tie points, referencematerials, dissemination services, etc., necessary to the operation of anational measurement system. It provides national leadership in thedevelopment, refinement, and use of accurate and uniform techniques ofphysical measurement to the public and private sectors of the Nation. TheBureau works with other government and private organizations to establishstandard codes and specifications and renders advisory services to othergovernment agencies through consultative services, dissemination ofscientific and technical data, and technical conferences.
To help carry out this mission, the National Bureau of Standards servesas the contact point for exchange of standards with other governments andfor participation in the development of more precise internationalstandards of measurement through the International Bureau of Weights andMeasures. The Bureau serves as a major U.S. representative in the develop-ment of international engineering standards through such organizations
,
- 106 -
as International Organization for Standardization (ISO), the International
Electrotehnical Commission (IEC), the Pan American Standards Commission,
(COPANT), and through the USA Standards Institute (USASI), which is the
member body representing U.S. interests in each of these organizations.
During fiscal year 1967 the National Bureau of Standards sponsored or
participated in 23 international conferences. Some of the major committees
in which the Bureau participated are: International Scientific Radio
Union, International Union of Geophysics and Geodesy, International Atomic
Energy Agency, International Commission on Radiological Protection,
International Commission on Radiological Units and Measurements, Bureau
of International Weights and Measures, International Committee on Weights
and Measures, and International Radio Consultative Committee.
The Bureau operates a foreign currency program of $500,000 per year for
placing grants for research on reference materials and data, and techno-
logical measurement and standards. This program, using counterpart funds,
is active in Israel, India, and Pakistan. In addition, in fiscal year
1967, the Bureau, through its Office of Standard Reference Data, sponsored
data compilation and evaluation projects of approximately $40,000 in Japan,
England and Wales.
The Bureau frequently is called upon to assist other countries in establish-
ing standards laboratories and in training laboratory personnel; for example,
a 3-year AID/NBS program is being completed in Colombia which has led to
the establishment of a Weights and Measures Laboratory at the University
of Bogota.
For many years the National Bureau of Standards has served as host to
distinguished foreign scientists, with liaison services provided by the
Bureau's international Relations Office. In fiscal year 1967 the Bureau
was visited by more than 600 foreign scientists from 37 countries for short
visitS of a day or two, 19 Guest Workers from 10 foreign countLies for
periods ranging from 3 months to 2 years, and 5 trainees for periods of
6 weeks to 1 year from 3 foreign countries. Neither Guest Workers nor
trainees are supported by the National Bureau of Standards; sponsorship
is by the State Department, United Nations, or their own governments or
institutions. These foreign training activities help to foster necessf.lry
international contacts. Many committee participants are financed this
way. The worldwide reputation of NBS scientists helps to establish intimate
personal contacts with their counterparts, in this way contributing to a
more effective achievement of the Bureau's international commitment.
- 107 -
Patent Office
The main objective of the international program of the U.S. Patent Officeis to promote the development of patent and trademark systems internationally, for the purpose of improvIng the protection of industrialproperty rights and strengthening the economic interests of the UnitedStates abroad. To this end, the Commissioner of Patents and members ofhis staff participated in a number of international meetings to exploremeans of expanding international patent cooperation in an effort to solvethe ever-increasing problems of the many patent offices of the world.
The Patent Office is actively cooperating with the United InternationalBureaux for the Protection of Intellectual Property (BIRPI) in Geneva,Switzerland. Through BIRPI an international patent cooperation treaty isbeing developed as a result of a proposal made by the U.S. Government tothe Executive Committee of the Paris Union and adopted September 29, 1966.Several drafts have been considered. A new draft, expected in the latesummer of 1968, will be submitted to a meeting of the Committee of Expertsscheduled for November 1968.
The Patent Office is actively engaged in information retrieval programs,especially those which are being developed by the Committee for Inter-national Cooperation in Information Retrieval Among Examining PatentOffices (ICIREPAT). The present ICIREPAT priority program is in progresswhich has as its goal the mechanization of 5-107 of the search files.
Bilateral trial search exchange and/or cooperative studies have beencompleted or are underway with the United Kingdom, Sweden, Japan, Switzer-land, Austria,and Czechoslovakia. Continuing exchange programs withGermany and the Philippines are currently in operation and a similarprogram with France is being implemented.
The program of exchanging Official Gazettes between the United StatesPatent Office and patent offices of 42 other countries has been extendedto Turkey and Hungary as well.
The Foreign Professional Training Program, under which a number of U.S.examiners were sent to Patent Offices abroad to study foreign patentsystems, has proved invaluable in the promotion of international cooper-ation. Also foreign examiners have visited the Patent Office to famil-iarize themselves with the U.S. patent system.
Under the sponsorship of BIRPI and AID a program of technical assistancehas been initiated for government officials of developing countries inthe field of protection of industrial property.
- 108 -
Maritime Administration
The Maritime Administration administers various programs, authorizedby law, directed at promoting and maintaining an efficient and competitiveAmerican Merchant Marine, owned and manned by U.S. citizens, and composedof ships adequate 'o serve the country's needs for peacetime commerce andfor national defense. Its activities include ship desigr, and construction,subsidy support to equalize United States and foreign costs of shipbuildingand ship operations, other Government aids to shipping, maritime training,development of improved ship transportation systems, promotion of portdevelopment, promotion of trade for American ships, and providing seatransportation capability in support of the armed forces in time of
emergency.
Intergovernmental Maritime Consultative Organizatior.
The Maritime Administration takes an active role in the formulation of U.S.
shipping policies for the Intergovernmental Maritime Consultative Organiza-tion (IMC0), an agency of the United Nations composed of 63 countries
concerned with international maritime affairs. For this purpose, the
Maritime Administration is a member of the Shipping Coordinating Committee,
an interagency committee of the U.S. Government, which develops and recom-
mends coordinated U.S. policies for IMCO. For example, working through
this Committee, the Maritime Administration and other members prepared a
U.S. position paper for use at a meeting held in London on May 2, 1966,
to discuss safety measures for passenger ships failing to meet the latest
international safety standards. The Maritime Administration participates
in about 12 conferences and meetings of this Committee and its technical
working groups each year.
In addition, the Maritime Administration participates in the activities of
the Maritime Safety Committee of IMCO, which is the major implementing
agency for the 1960 International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea.
It sends a representative at least annually to conferences and meetings
of technical working groups of this Committee; e.g., those concerned wi,th
Subdivision and Stability, Tonnage Measurement, and Oil Pollution.
Meetings of these groups are called on an ad hoc basis, as needed.
A representative of the Maritime Administration also usually attends two
sessions yearly of the IMCO Council, its governing body, which meets in
London and acts as its policy-making organ between sessions of the IMCO
Assembly. A representative of the Maritime Administration also attends
the biennial meeting of the Assembly.
The principal agencies and organizations concerned with INCO activities
are the Department of State, the U.S. Coast Guard; the Military Sea
Transportation Service, Department of Commerce, the American Merchant
Marine Institute, and the Maritime Administration.
-109-
Planning Board for Ocean Shipping
The Maritime Administrator, as Washington Chairman of the NATO Planning
Board for Ocean Shipping (PBOS), served as host to the 20th annual meeting
of this body which was held in Washington in 1968. At this meeting, a
number of recommendations were adopted, and others updated, concerning
the pooling and operation of ships in the event of war. The Maritime
Administration also was represented ai an October 1967 meeting of a PBOS
Working Group on insuring war losses. The other principal agencies
involved with this activity are the Department of State, Department of
Transportation, Department of Interior, Department of Defense, Office of
Emergency Planning, Department of the Treasury, and the Bureau of the
Budget.
Technical Training Assistance
The Maritime Administration, through cooperative arrangements with the
Agency for International Development (AID), the Department of Stat..e, and
the United Nations, provides technical training assistance in maritime
fields to foreign countries. During fiscal year 1968, 25 nationals from
11 foreign countries received this training. Financial support for this
program amounted to approximately $45,000 during this period.
Public Law 701, 79th Congress, authorizes 12 full scholarships annually
to qualified candidates from other American republics, for training as
merchant marine officers through a four year course of study at the U.S.
Merchant Marine Academy. In fiscal year 1966, one student from Peru was
graduated from the Academy.
Integrated Transportation Systems
The Maritime Administration participates with other government agencies
and international organizations in the promotion of integrated trans-
portation systems utilizing containerization and unitized packaging
techniques. As a part of this program, in 1966, the Maritime Administration,
together with the National Ports Council of Great Britain,sponsored an
experimental container movement between the United States and the United
Kingdom, to demonstrate the feasibility and advantages of container systems
in international trade and to identify problem areas. An additional project
was carried out with Germany in 1967.
In 1967, the Maritime Administration also provided indoctrination training
to 20 representatives of foreign countries interested in the concept of
standard containerization systems which could be used n various modes of
surface transportation in international trade. In addition, representatives
of the Maritime Administration attended five international meetings concern-
ed with physical standards for containers, shipping documentation facili-
tation, and promotion of the U.S. merchant marine's role in world trade.
- 110 -
The principal agencies concerned with the promotion of integrated trans-
portation systems are the Departments of Transportation, Commerce, Labor,
Defense, Treasury, State, Agriculture and Post Office; General Services
Administration, Federal Maritime Commission, Interstate Commerce Commission,
and the Civil Aeronautics Board. The principal international activities
are: International Organization for Standardization, Intergovernmental
Maritime Consultative Organization, Economic Commission for Europe, British
Ministry of Transport, German Ministry of Transport, French Ministry of
Transport, Japanese Ministry of Transport, British Ports Authority, and the
British Ministry of Trade.
Port Development
In the area of port development, the Maritime Administration provides
advice and assistance to foreign countries in port planning and operations
and related activities. In 1966, the Maritime Administration headed a
study group of Government and industry officials sent to India to survey
its transportation problems, with the objective of assisting in the
handling of grain and other commodities in the India relief program.
In 1967, a Maritime Administration representative attended the U.N.
Conference on Trade and Development pertaining to international port
and shipping problems, held in Switzerland.
The principal agencies concerned with international port development
matters are: United Nations; Organization of American States; Permanent
International Association of Navigation Congresses; International Associ-
ation of Ports and Harbors; International Cargo Handling Coordinating
Association; American Association of Port Authorities; Department of State;
Agency for Internatiohal Development; Department of Transportation;
Department of Commerce, Maritime Administration; Federal Maritime Commis-
sion; and Military Traffic Management and Terminal Service.
Other Activities
The Maritime Administration is also concerned with conferences on inter-
national law. During 1967 it headed the U.S. delegation to the 12th
Diplomatic Conference on International Maritime Law, at Brussels. The
Maritime Administration prepared position papers concerning the draft
convention on maritime liens and mortgages, and the draft convention on
registration of rights in ships under construction.
A new Committee on Maritime Law was established in 1968 which will be
concerned with the growing body of international maritime legal matters
and with diplomatic conferences on maritime law in which national and
industry interests are involved. The Committee is composed of represen-
tatives of the Department of State; Maritime Administration; the Federal
Maritime Committee of the American Federation of Labor; and the Congress
of Industrial Organizations.
The Maritime Administration also participated with other Federal agenciesto formulate policy and action on problems related to admitting nuclearpowered ships into foreign ports, and to liability generally in foreignports involving the use of nuclear energy.
United States Travel Service
The United States Travel Service (USTS) was established in June 1961 topromote Eravel to the United States by foreign nationals. With officesin London, Paris, Stockholm, Rome, Amsterdam, Frankfurt, Mexico City,Caracas, Sao Paulo, Tokyo, and Sydney, the USTS seeks to stimulate agreater influx of foreign visitors for business, pleasure, and study inthe United States.
Utflizing the facilities of other Government agencies along with its own$3 million budget, USTS produces and distributes promotional material forthe "Visit USA" program. Close cooperation is maintained with the travelindustry both in the United States and abroad to promote the "Visit USA"program generally, and to encourage the use of the "Visit USA" theme inadvertising visitor services such as international transportation, auto-
mobile rental, hotel and motel accommodations,and other facilities. At
the same time, USTS seeks, within the bounds of economic principles, to
foster reduced travel costs for the foreign visitor to and within theUnited States.
On the domestic side, the USTS chairs the Travel Subcommittee of theNational Facilitation Committee whose members include representativesof other Government agencies involved in international travel affairs.Through this committee, USTS encourages simplification of entry formalitiesand other matters affecting the foreign visitor to the United States. USTSalso acts as secretariat to the Travel Task Force Advisory Group.
The Visitor Services Division seeks to encourage and assist the travelindustry and local communities in tailoring their services to meet therequirements of the foreign visitor to the United States. The "Americanat Home" program was begun in 1964 to open the homes of Americans toforeign visitors to promote international understanding. The program isrun by local communities with assistance from the United States TravelService. The Facilitation and Planning Division concentrates on improvingand broadening travel statistics, developing market information, andreducing overall barriers to international travel. Close cooperation andassistance is also maintained by the USTS with individual state promo-tional agencies.
-112-
Overseas, USTS representatives work with international carriers, travel
agents, and the general public to promote travel to the United States
by providing them with brochures, posters, and other promotional and
informational material. Press releases, radio and television presenta-
tions, general advertisingland "America Week" promotions are also prepared
by USTS offices abroad and are presented and distributed with the help of
the local tourist industry and other U.S. Government representatives.
USTS also works closely with international organizations such as the
United Nations, the International Union of Official Travel Organizations,
the.Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, the Inter-
American Travel Congresses, and the Pacific Area Travel Association to
reduce travel barriers and facilitate and further international travel
generally.
Since the inception of the United States Travel Service, there has been
a marked increase in the amount of travel to the United States by visitors
from abroad for purposes of business and pleasure. Between 1961, the year
in which USTS was organized, and 1967, visitors from overseas countries
increased 188 percent, while visits from Mexico were up 115 percent.
DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT
The Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) administers various
programs for the objective of better homes and communities. The Depart-
ment, which came into existence November 9, 1965, absorbed all of the
programs formerly administered by the Housing and Home Finance Agency
(HBFA) and its constituents. HUD also assumed responsibility for newprograms launched by subsequent legislation. The entire range of Federallyaided programs for urban renewal, public housing, urban planning, opensnace land, mass transit, and community facilities was continued and, in
some cases, expanded by the 1965 Housing Act.
Relations with the Department of State
HUD's external relations in matters of international policy are throughthe Department of State. In all its relations with other governments andinternational organizations, HUD seeks to facilitate foreign policy objec-
tives as they are interpreted by the Department of State. The HUD effort
to help in the improvement of housing and urban development throughout
the world reflects U.S. foreign policy.
HUD collaborates closely with the State Department's Bureau of Inter-
national Organization Affairs in providing or proposing delegates topertinent international conferences and in the preparation of the U.S.
position at such meetings. Similarly, HUD prepares or comments on papersin the housing and urban affairs field which grow out of the work with
international organizations.
Relations with AID
The basis for HUD's present relations with AID is an Interagency Agreement
signed with, its predecessor Agency (HHFA) in July 1962. This was the
first such agreement signed between AID and another Federal agency under
the terms of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, as amended, which speci-fied that in providing technical assistance under the act in the field of
education, health, housing, agriculture, or other fields, the Agencyshall utilize "to the fullest extent practicable the facilities andresources of the Federal agency or agencies with primary responsibili-
ties for domestic programs in such fields."
Under this agreement, HUD provides, when requested by AID, the following
general types of services:
1. Consultation in the formulation of basic policiea with respect to
housing, urban development, and planning; developing proceduresand criteria governing the application of such policies to the
preparation of programs; commenting on applications for thevarious forms of assistance which AID may provide; and supplying
,,
- 114 -
AID with information concerning housing conditions, needs, and
developments in countries to which technical assistance is
being provided. A supplementary agreement provides that the
Federal Housing Administration of HUD process applications to
AID for guarantee of mortgages on housing in developing
countries.
2. Technical support necessary to AID in discharging its respon-
sibilities, including guidance on the initiation and development
of technical assistance and financial aid projects involving
housing design,construction methods, building materials, housing
finance, urban renewal, planningland related fields; reviewing
and evaluating programs assisted by AID; developing manuals and
training materials; and orienting specialists in HUD in order to
prepare them to assist in domestic or overseas assignments for
AID, when requested.
3. Assistance in recruiting technical personnel and consultants for
overseas duty, as well as making experts from its own staff
available for short-term assignments.
4. Performing special assignments for AID under contract;
5. Planning and arranging training programs in housing, urban renewal,
planning, construction, and other aspects of urban development
for foreign nationals brought to the United States by AID for study
and observation, as well as orienting and training AID housing
technicians and training officers.
Relntions with United Nations
An active working relationship is maintained with the Center for Housing,
Building, and Planning of the Secretariat of the United Nations. Infor-
mation is exchanged on a wide range of housing topics including determi-
nation of housing needs, international financing, physical planning,
building, etc.
An official of HUD usually heads the U.S. delegation to the Committee on
Housing, Building, and Planning of the United Nations Economic and Social
Council. HUD also is frequently represented on the U.S. delegations to
the Council itself and the Commission for Social Development. Similarly,
HUD participates in the work of the regional economic commissions and
usually is represented on their various committees, subcommittees, work-
ing groups, etc., serving the field of housing, building, and pl.aning.
HUD also assists in the identification of technicians for U.N. Missions
and in developing and supervising training programs for U.N. fellows
coming to the United States.
Relations with the Organization of American States
In collaboration with the Department of State, HUD cooperates with the
Organization of American States (OAS), which conducts various housing
and planning functions. The Pan American Union of the OAS and its
Inter-American Center for Housing and Planning (CINVA) located at Bogota,
Colombia, conduct research, training, and secretariat activities in this
field. Members of the staff have from time to time served as consultants
and lecturers in connection with CINVAls program of research and training.
Relation with the International Council for Building (CIB)
HUD, as a member of the United States National Committee for the Inter-
national Council for Building Research Studies and Documentation,partic-
ipates in the work of this organization and through it maintains contacts
with research institutions and documentation centers concerned with
housing and building in the United States and throughout the world.
Exchange of Information with other Countries
In addition to the activities resulting from its relationship with organi-
zations such as those mentioned above, HUD has an active program of
exchanging iriformation and documentation on housing and related subjects
with governmental and private organizations outside the United States.
Bilateral intergovernmental conferences of officials concerned with urban
development began with a U.S.-Canadian exchange in 1966. Similar bilat-
eral meetings are intended as the need for an exchange of ideas, policies,
and methods among officials of governments appears significant.
Service to U.S. Organizations and Industry
HUD shares with other U.S.°Government agencies the ever-growing task of
keeping U.S. professional associations or other interested groups informed
of ideas and housing techniques developed abroad. HUD also serves to
provide U.S. officials, professional and trade groups, and individuals
with professional contacts in other countries.
Assistance to Foreign Visitors
Scores of foreign visitors other than those of the U.N. or AID programs
come to the HUD for briefing, help with programs of observation, assis-
tance in arranging training, and for exchange of ideas. Some come under
the sponsorship of their own governments, or professional and business
organizations. Private foundations send numerous visitors to HUD. Of
special srgnificance because of the calibre of visitors involved are
those coming to HUD under the auspices directly or indirectly of the
Bureauof Educational and Cultural Affairs of the Department of State.
- 116 -
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
Principally concerned with the development and conservation of U.S.
natural resources, this agency might be called more appropriately the
Department of Natural Resources.
Chief responsibilities of the Department are:
Managing some 553 million acres of public domain lands and the
mineral leasing responsibilities for all other federally ownedlands and for the Federal areas off shores.
Reclaiming arid lands in the West, providing irrigation waterfor more than 9 million acres of agricultural lands in that area,managing many Federal hydro-electric generating and transmissionsystems, and marketing electric power from plants with aninstalled capacity of abobt 18 million kilowatts delivered fromfederally constructed water, flood, and navigational projects.
Increasing the mineral and fuel potentials of the United Statesby assisting technically and--in the case of strategic minerals--financially in developing and improving mining methods andgeologic knowledge and by promoting conservation through the wiseutilization of mineral and fuel resources.
Developing _and conserving vital fish and wildlife resources.
Protecting and administering some 230 national parks, monuments,and historical sites, and creating new recreational areas atmulti-purpose water resources projects.
Surveying the water and mineral resources of the United States,
having in mind future as well as present needs, and providingfor geologic and topographic mapping of the country.
Directing and coordinating the national effort to convert salineand brackish water into potable water.
Exercising Federal trust responsibilities for about 380,000Indians and working constantly to improve their natural and human
resources.
Administering and improving economically, socially, and political-ly the few remaining territorial areas of the United States:Guam, American Samoa, the Virgin Islands, and the UN-mandatedTrust Territory of the Pacific.
- 117 -
Administering programs and laws aimed at solving water pollutionproblems.
Strengthening the Nation's academic capabilities for naturalresources research and education by means of grants and othercooperative arrangements with colleges and universities.
To carry out these and other responsibilities, the Department of theInterior has acquired a wide range of expertise in all fields of resourcesutilization and conservation. The Department's work in preserving anddeveloping resources within the United States requires constant innovation,the fruits of which are being shared increasingly with many nations. The
Department draws upon a large and competent pool of professional talentand experienced manpower toeimplement a multitude of international programs.
Significant in the international sphere during the past 18 months wereSecreqy of the Interior Udall's trip to Germany in March 1966, at therequest of the President, and his trip to the Middle East in March 1967.In Germany, Secretary Udall observed first-hand the advances being madein the effort to control water and air pollution and the advances in otherfields directly related to the improvement of 'manes environment. The ideasand recommendations he brought back for presentation to the President re-sulted in establishme'nt of a cooperative program with Germany in naturalresources, pollution control, and urban development. During his visit tothe Middle East, Secrptary Udall undertook discussions in various countrieson the problem of desalting sea water, and he explored the potential forestablishing national parks in several countries.
International Activities
Interior's operatioas in the international sphere divide into four majorcategories: (1) foreign technical assistance, (2) foreign trade andtariffs, (3) international organizations, and (4) special programs.
Foreign Technical Assistance
Interior has been involved in foreign technical assistance programs fromthe beginning of the United States' effort to make available its technicalexpertise to other nations. The magnitude of the Department's contributionhas increased yearly. The larger share of Interior's technical expertiseis channeled to foreign countries through AID, taking the form of: (1) the
assignment of experts abroad, and (2) the training of approximately 600foreign nationals annually in the United States. Additional technical exper-tise is channeled throughthe U.N,Technical Assistance Program; and additionaltraining is given under the auspices of the Mutual Educational and CulturalExchange Act of 1961 (Public Law 87-256), the U.N. Fellowships PrograiNandEisenhower Exchange Fellowships, Inc.
3
- 118 -
The bulk of Interior's technical expertise is contributed by five bureaus:
Geological Survey, Reclamation, Mines, Fish and Wildlife, and Public Land
Management. Other bureaus and offices involved, but to a lesser extent,
are the National Park Service, the Office of Saline Water, the Bonneville
Power Administration, and the Bureau of Indian Affairs.
At the end of fiscal year 1967, Interior had over 200 scientists and tech-
nicians working in about 20 foreign countries. Most of them were involved
in water-related or mineral-related projects. The less-developed countries
are the primary recipients of the benefits of these programs.
Two existing technical assistance programs of particular interest are being
implemented by the Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife and the Bureau
of Commercial Fisheries and are being financed by AID under Participating
Agency Service Agreements (PASA). One involves continued research to
establish the feasibility of commercial production of fish protein concen-
trate (FPC), a tasteless, odorless, edible powder which is more than 80
percent protein and which is derived from whole fish by a special process
developed by the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries. The other program involves
continued research and eventual training and experimentation aimed at eradi-
cation of rodents and other pests which destroy food. Interior regards both
programs as part of the combined Federal-effort designated by the President
as the War on Hunger.
Foreign Trade and Tariffs
Interior's principal interests in the field of international trade are
minerals and fisheries products and, to a lesser degree, forest and range
commodities. These interests provide the basis for inclusion of the
Department in the interagency machinery which formulates policy on foreign
trade and tariffs.
Under the Trade Expansion Act of 1962, the Secretary of the Interior is a
member of the Trade Advisory Committee. Subordinate officials of the
Department serve on working committees created under the same authority
for the purpose of further developing and implementing the policies and
objectives of the United States in the trade area. They also play a role
in related activities such as the export expansion program and the control
of exports of strategic materials. In addition, the Department adminis-
ters the oil import program.
In order to carry out its statutory functions with relationship to domestic
fisheries and minerals industries, the Department maintains up-to-date
information on developments in major foreign countries. Through arrange-
ments with the Department of State, a number of fisheries and minerals
attache's have been placed in U.S. missions abroad. Fisheries attachs
presently are assigned to American Embassies in Copenhagen, Tokyo, Lima,
Mexico City, and Abidjan. Minerals attact4s are located in Ghana,
-119-
Turkey, Mexico, South Africa, Bolivia, Peru, India, Philippines, and Brazil.In addition, petroleum attaches are stationed in Venezuela, Iran, Libya,and the United Kingdom. The Bureau of Commercial Fisheries and the Bureauof Mines cooperate with the Department of State in the development of thereporting programs of the Foreign Service. As a result Foreign ServiceOfficers at selected overseas posts devote substantial portions of theirtime to reporting fisheries and minerals matters. These bureaus alsoprovide the focal point within the Federal Government for disseminaLion ofspecialized information on foreign developments to domestic fisheries andminerals industries.
International Organizations
With increasing frequency, meetings of the U.N., its subsidiary organs, andother international organizations such as NATO are being devoted to tech-nical subjects, many of which are in the area of natural resources.U.S. participation in and development of policy toward these meetings iscoordinated by an interagency group known as the United Nations EconomicCommittee, chaired by the Department of State, on which Interior isrepresented. Through the decisions of this Committee, Interior providestechnical experts to serve as advisers and provides a technical in-put inthe development of policy papers. Interior technicians also rend2rrequested advisory opinions on proposed U.N. technical assistance projects.
Under the terms of Articles 73 and 88 of the U.N. Charter, the Departmentof the Interior has responsibilities for reporting to the U.N. on theadministration of the territories of Guam, the Virgin Islands, AmericanSamoa, and the Trust Territory of the Pacificon area administered byagreement between the United States and the U.N. Security Council. Theadministration of these areas is reviewed annually in sessions of theU.N. Committee on Information from Non-Self-Governing Territories, a sub-group of the U.N. Trusteeship Council. Department officials participatein these annual reviews.
Interior officials also participate in some of ;he technical committeesof the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO). And the NATO Parliamen-tarians have requested the Office of Saline Water to act as the worldwiderepository and central dissemination point for all available informationon the conversion of saline and brackish water to potable water.
Special Programs
The United States conducts two bilateral technical programs very similarin nature, one with Japan and one with Germany. Each arose from an initia-tive taken by the President and each has the ultimate objective of operat-ing joint research for mutual benefit. Each involves exchanges of infor-mation and publications, of technical visits and study tours, and ofindividual technicians and scientists for the purpose of cooperating in
- 120 -
research efforts. Both programs are managed by the Department of the
Interior on behalf of the Federal Government.
The content of the program with Japan includes desalination, air and
water pollution control, and a search for alternative sources of energy.
The program with Germany includes water and air pollution control, coal
research, solid waste disposal, noise abatement, and urban development,
7
-121-
DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
The Department of Labor was created by Act of Congress in 1913. The
Department's purpose, as stated in the organic act is "to foster, promote,
and develop the welfare of the wage earners of the United States, to im-
prove their working conditions, and to advance their opportunities for
profitable employment." The Department serves organized and unorganized
labor equally, through promoting the welfare of all Americans.
Working with other public agencies and with many private organizations,
the Department seeks to accomplish the following:
Get the most suitable job for each worker, and the best
worker for the job.
If suitable jobs are not available, provide a source of
partial income to eligible workers through unemployment
insurance,
Make work places safe and healthful.
Promote better workmen's compensation and rehabilitation
for workers who are injured in connection with their work,
and compensation for the families of those whose deaths
result from work-connected injuries.
Gather and publish data on union agreements which can be
used to develop a framework of relationships in which
workers and their employers can work out their differences
with the least amount of Government intervention.
Promote sound labor standards affecting conditions of
employment.
Enforce Federal Legislation affecting the conditions of
employment and certain labor-management activities.
Help bring the Nation's workers to a higher level of skills
in keeping with new demands imposed by automation and other
technological advances.
Publish occupational and labor market information useful
to workers and their employers.
Do research, and publish statistics and other factual
information, on such matters as employment and unemployment,
11111111.11.W.R",MM valIMMIIIIM.41
- 122 -
wages and hours of work, prices and cost of living, labor rela,
tions, and work injuries.
Give special attention to groups of workers faced withunusual employment problems, such as older workers, youngworkers and beginners, women workers, the physicallyhandicapped, minority groups, and veterans.
Promote international harmony with workers of other countries.
International Programs
r
The Department of Labor, by virtue of its responsibilities and its concernwith manpower and labor activities, provides the link between the interestsof American wage earners and institutions involved in labor and U.S. for-eign policy interests.
The Department's responsibilities in the international field are in thefollowing major areas: (1) International Labor Policy and ProgramDevelopment; (2) International Technical Assistance; (3) Foreign Econom-ic Policy Development and Trade Negotiation; (4) Participation in Inter-governmental Organizations; (5) Participation in Administration of theForeign Service; (6) Cultural and Informational Programs; and (7) Research.These activities are directed by the Assistant Secretary of Labor forInternational Affairs, and are centered in the Bureau of InternationalLabor Affairs (ILAB).
The knowledge, benefits, and experience gained in a wide range of domesticlabor and manpower activity support the Department in its internationalactivities and enable it to play a significant role in the planning,development, and execution of broad foreign labor policies for the U. S.
Government. The principal units of the Department providing such supportare the Manpower Administration, the Labor-Management Services Adminis-
tration, the Wage and Labor Standards Administration, the Bureau of Labor
Statistics, the Office of the Solicitor, and the Office of the AssistantSecretary for Administration.
Technical Assistance
The technical resources and expertise of the Department of Labor areutilized to assist developing countries in creating and strengtheninglabor and manpower institutions and techniques and standards compatiblewith democratic principles and sound economic development. In additionto bilateral assistance, financed largely through AID funds, more effec-tive U. S. participation is encouraged in multilateral technical assistanceby the International Labor Organization (ILO) and similar organizations.
The Department of Labor seeks to make available to the developing
countries advisers, planners, and technical specialists with competence
in labor standards; labor ministry administration; labor-management
relations; labor statistics; and manpower planning, development, training,
and utilization. The vehicle for this program is the Department of Labor
Technical Assistance Corps (DOLITAC). From July 1965 to April 1968,
DOLITAC recorded 116 overseas technical assistance assignments in 25
developing countries. As the availability of this trained corps of labor
and manpower experts becomes better known, the demand for their services
increases. Technical materials are prepared in support of this program.
Specialized training is provided in the United States for foreign nation-
als in technical labor and manpower areas and in American trade union
practices. For the year ending June 30, 1967, there were 698 participants
who arrived for such training: 377 from Latin America, 216 from the Near
East and South Asia, 41 from East Asia and Pacifici 59 from Africa, and
5 from Europe. They consisted of 458 trade unionists, 213 government
technicians, 15 management representatives, and 12 from universities or
other organizations.
Educational and Cultural Exchange
The Department of Labor participates in educational and cultural exchange
programs of the Department of State for the purpose of improving under-
standing abroad of the U. S. worker's role in society, and to provide
foreign trade union, government, and other leaders and-specialists the
opportunity to make studies of the people and institutions of this country.
Under this program, 162 leaders, principally trade union and government
officials, came to the United States during the year ending June 30, 1967.
These included 52 from Latin America, 11 from the Near East and South Asia,
66 from East Asia and Pacific, 11 from Africa, and 22 from Europe.
Arrangements were made for 18 American lab-)r specialists to go abroad
under the program during the same period. Of these, 15 went to Japan
under the union-to-union excharige program with that country.
International Exhibitions
Through the President's Special International Exhibitions Program carried
out by the U. S. Information Agency, the Department conducts exhibits
overseas which tell.the story of the American worker, his way of life,
his standard of living, and the freedoms he enjoys. Seminars dealing with
subjects such as work safety are sometimes conducted, particularly in
Eastern European countries, in connection with these exhibits.
The Bureau directed the Department's participation in nine U. S. exhibits
and produced its first independent labor exhibit, entitled "Labor USA",
- 124 -
In fiscal years 1966 and 1967. The exhibitions were held in Zagreb,
Yugoslavia; Baghdad, Iraq; Addis Ababa, Ethiopia; Budapest, Hungary;
Poznan, Poland; Bangkok, Thailand; Dar-es-Salaam, Tanzania; the
independent exhibit--the first of its kind ever staged overseas--was
held in Rio de Janeiro and Sao Paulo, Brazil.
More than 800,000 pamphlets, brochures, and articles were printed and
distributed by the labor missions. They were written in various languages
including Serbo-Croat, Arabic, Amharic, Polish, and Portugese.
- 1'25 -
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
The Department of Transportation was established on April 1, 1967. Its
statutory functions are to assure the coordinated, effective administrationof the transportation programs of the Federal Government; to facilitatethe development and improvement of coordinated transportation service; tostimulate technological advances in transportation;.to provide generalleadership in the identification and solution of transportation problems;and to develop national transportation policies and programs for recommen-dation to the President and the Congress.
Assistant Secreta for International Affairs and S ecial Pro rams
The Assistant Secretary for International Affairs and Special Programsserves as the wincipal staff advisor to the Secretary on internationaltransportation matters and on special programs such as telecommunications,facilitation, and emergency transportation. In general his missions are
to:
Develop international transportation policy to assure theeffective execution of international transportation plansand programs and the complete balance with all otherprograms of the Department.
Provide leadership in the development and improvement of trans-portation services; identification and resolution of impedimentsin the processes, procedures, and documentation related to trans-
portation; cooperation with industry and Government agencies inthe formulation of U.S. positions in international meetings;recommending legislation when necessary to overcome impedimentsin the transportation systems; fostering standardization ofprocedures,equipment, and techniques.
Insure that technical and international policies on the use ofthe radio frequency spectrum and other forms of communication,and management practices related to these policies, are efficientfrom the point of view of the Nation.
Develop, establish, and negotiate bilateral and multilateralarrangements for exchange of research information as appropriateto establish necessary arrangements for providing cooperativeresearch and development efforts (with Government or privateindustry).
- 126 -
Provide leadership, coordination, and professional guidancein the development and implementation of policies, plans, andprograms utilizing the expertise of this country's differentmodes and intermodal combinations of transport to meet theobjectives of the Department in transportation technicalassistance to other countries.
Develop overall policies, plans, and procedures for provision
of centralized control of all modes of transportation in an
emergency for movement of passengers and freight traffic of
all types, and for determination of the proper apportionmentand allocation in an emergency of the total civil transpor-
tation capacity, or any portion thereof, to meet essential
civil and military needs. Further, to provide the Secretarywith staff advice and assistance on emergency readinesspolicies and internal operations and plans.
- 127 -
Federal Aviation Administration
The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) was established within the
Department of Transportation as of April 1, 1967, replacing the FederalAviation Agency which had been created in 1958.
The FAA is responsible for the safety regulation of air commerce; thepromotion, encouragement, and develo2ment of civil aeronautics; thecontrol of the use of the navigable airspace of the United States andthe regulation of both civil and military operations in such airspace;and the development and operation of a common system of air trafficcontrol and navigation for both military and civil aircraft.
International Activities
The Assistant Administrator for International Aviation Affairs is respon-sible for assisting the Administrator in achieving U.S. and agencyobjectives in international aviation affairs through: (1) formulationand coordination of policy, plans, programs,and related matters affectingthe international activities of the agency; (2) provision of guidanceand support to all agency elements having international responsibilities;(3) overall evaluation of agency programs and activities in meeting suchobjectives; (4) administration of aviation assistance activities ofthe agency.
In addition, the Southern (Atlanta), Southwestern (Fort Worth), Pacific(Honolulu) ,and European (Brussels) Regional Offices of FAA carry on safetyregulatory and flight inspection programs in areas outside the UnitedStates for which they have responsibility.
The international programs of the FAA, with the exception of technicalassistance, are an extension of its basic functions, powers,and dutiesas they relate both lo the promotion of the safety of flight of civilaircraft and to encouraging and fostering the development of civil aero-nautics and air commerce. The principal FAA international programs are:
(1) safetj regulation of U.S. aircraft and airmen operating abroad
(including the functions of liceasing, inspection, investigation,andenforcement); (2) flight inspection of air navigation facilities (princi-pally for the military); (3) technical aviation assistance to othergovernments; (4) training of foreign nationals; (5) exchange cf researchand development information and data with other nations; (6) airworthinesscertific.stion of foreign manufactured products; (7) participation in theInternational Civil Aviation Organization and other international aviationbodies; and (8) operational military liaison.
- 128 -
The following miscellaneous statistics are indicative of the scale of
the FAA international activities:
12 FAA International Field Offices, 10 of which are located in
foreign countries, maintain constant surveillance over the
safety of the international and overseas operations of U.S.
aircraft and airmen, including 22 U.S, airlines which annually
fly close to 400,000 route miles, serving 159 points in 119
foreign countries and/or territories.
In fiscal year 1967, an estimated .3 million was madeavailable to the FAA's foreign assistance program from all
sou..rces. There wer3 115 personnel based overseas in this
program in 24 foreign countries.
125 foreign nationals were given training in the United States
in fiscal year 1967. In this same fiscal year, about 70
countries were given assistance in the logistic support of
their air navigation aids by loan or procurement of spare
pnrts and components unaVailable through normal commercial
sources.
The FAA participates in approximately 12 to 15 major inter-
national civil aViation conferences annually, the majority
under the auspices of the International Civil Aviation
Organization which has its headquarters in Montreal, Canada.
The FAA provides, on a reimbursable basis, ten liaison
officers to the military in the Pacific Area who serve as
advisors on air traffic control matters.
Many of the international activities of the FAA are covered by inter-
national agreements with other governments. The United States has entered
into bilateral agreements with 63 countries covering the exchange of
commercial air rights and routes. Agreements have been entered into with
18 other countries covering the terms, conditions,and procedures for
certifying 'as to the airworthiness of the aeronautical products exported
from one contracting party to the other. The foreign assistance program
administered by the FAA is largely based on written agreements with the
Agency for International Development, Department of Defense, the Inter-
national Civil Aviation Organization,and the recipient foreign governments.
The United States is a party to a number of multilateral agreements which
play a large part in the FAA international programs, viz.: Convention on
International Civil Aviation; International Air Services Transit Agreement;
Convention for the Unification of Certain Rules Relating to'International
Transportation by Air; Convention on the InternatiOnal Recognition of
Rights in Aircraft; Agreement on the Joint Financing of Certain Air
Navigation Services in Iceland; Agreement on the Joint Financing of
.129-
Certain Air Navigation Services in Greenland and the Faroe Islands;Agreement on North Atlantic Ocean Stations; and International Telecom-munication Convention.
In carrying out its international activities, the FAA is concerned withthe activities ofthe following international and regional governmentalorganizations:
European Civil Aviation Conference;International Civil Aviation Organization;International Labor Organization;International Telecommunication Union;North Atlantic Treaty Organization:
Civil Aviation Planning Committee andCommittee for European Airspace Coordination;
World Meteorological Organization
The FAA prepares, or participates in the preparation of, the U.S. positionfor meetings of the above international and regional governmental bodies,and makes available individuals to serve on the U.S. delegations to suchmeetings. With respect to the International Civil Aviation Organization,the FAA provides a full-time Air Navigation Commissioner who serves inMontreal. The FAA activities in relation to international governmentalorganizations are fully coordinated with other Federal agencies, chieflythe Departments of State, Commerce, and Defense and the Civil AeronauticsBoard. The bulk of such coordination is carried out through the mechanismof an Interagency Group on International Aviation with the secretariatsupplied by the FAA.
The FAA international programs are also coordinated with various nationalnongovernmental groups, including the following: Air Transport Associationof America; Aerospace Industries Association; Aircraft Owners and PilotsAssociation; Airline Pilots Association; and Aeronautical Radio, Inc.Liaison is also maintained with a number of international nongovernmentalbodies including: International Air Transport Association; InternationalCouncil of Aircraft Owners and Pilots Association; International Federationof Airline Pilots Associations; and Airport Operators Council International.
The FAA participates with other governmental agencies in the control of theexport of certain commodities -- specifically, as part of the AdvisoryCommittee on Export Policy structure headed by the Department of Commerceand in connection with the munitions export control program of theDepartment of State.
The principal office of the Department of State with which the FAA isconcerned in the conduct of its international programs is the Bureau ofEconomic Affairs, Office of the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Transpor-tation and Telecommunications. Frequent contact is also maintained
- 130 -
with the Bureau of International Organization Affairs, particularly with
the Office of International Conferences and the Office of International
Organization Recruitment. When information is required concerning
particular countries or geographic areas, recourse is often had to the
specialists within the various "geographic" bureaus of the Department of
State. In addition, on technical assistance matters the FAA maintains
close liaison with the Agency for International Development (AID).
Another area of cooperation between FAA and the Department of State is
in the civil air attache program. We provide, on loan to the Foreign
Service, experienced professional aviation experts who, as civil air
attaches, serve as a part of American embassy staffs in key foreign
capitals. This program aims at helping advance U.S. national aviation
interests abroad. Additionally, the exchange of personnel between the
two agencies is expected to enhance mutual understanding of U.S. inter-
national aviation objectives and produce better techniques for their
achievement.
Data on FAA International Programs by Countries
FAA International Field Offices. The safety efforts involving the inter-
national operations of U.S. flag air carriers are carried out from offices
located in Buenos Aires, Rio de Janeiro, Lima, Brussels, Beirut, Tokyo,
Manila, Frankfurt, Saigon, Lagos, New York, and San Francisco. Additionally,
some safety regulatory services are provided from the general FAA repre-
sentative offices in London, Paris, and Rome.
Technical Aviation Assistance. The FAA maintains civil aviation assistance
groups, funded by AID, in the follawing countries: Bolivia, Brazil, Peru,
Korea, Philippines, Thailand, Viet-Nam, Afghanistan, and Tunisia. A Regional
Office for Central American and Panama is located in Guatemala and serves
Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua, Costa Rica, El Salvador, and Panama. In
addition, a regional aviation assistance group headquarters in Panama gives
short-term technical assistance to the Central and South American countries.
Military aviation assistance groups are administered for the Department of
Defense from military funds in the following countries: Greece, Iran,
Jordan, Spen, Turkey, and Okinawa. Reimbursable assistance is furnished
other goverinents from time to time on a temporary basis.
Training of Foreign Nationals. This training,is accomplished on a reim-
bursable basis at the FAA Academy at Oklahoma City and at various FAA field
facilities. The training facilities of other U.S. Government agencies,
State and municipal governments, and industry organizations are also utilized.
The countries from which the trainees come are too numerous to list e.s they
are drawn from throughout Europe, Africap the addle East, Asia and Latin
America.
Miscellaneous FAA International Offices:
1) Europe, Africa, and Middle East Region. The Office of theAssistant Administrator responsible for this region islocated in Brussels, Belgium.
2) U.S. Administrator for Aeronautics, Berlin, This officeris stationed at the Tempelhof Central Airport, Berlin.
3) U.S. Air Navigation Commissioner, Montreal. One of theimportant sub-groups of the International Civil AviationOrganization is a 12-member Air Navigation Commission.The U.S. is represented on this group by a member of thestaff of the Office of the U.S. Representative to theOrganization.
4) U.S. Aviation Advisor to the High Commissioner of the Ryukyus.
The following 'publications are a regular source of current informationabout the international programs of the FAA: (1) FAA Annual Report,published on a fiscal year basis; (2) FAA Horizons, the official employeepublication of the FAA, published monthly by the FAA Office of InformationServices, Washington, D.C.; (3) ICAO Bulletin, published monthly by theInternational Civil Aviation Organization, Montreal, Canada. A privately-published newsletter, International Aviation, gives a weekly round-up ofworld air transportation news.
Federal Highway Administration
The Federal Highway Administration, through its components, carries out theresponsibilities of the Department of Transportation relating to the highwaymode of transportation. The Bureau of Public Roads administers programs ofFederal and Federal-aid highway construction, administration,and researchunder provisions of Title 23 U.S. Code. The National Highway Safety Bureaucarries out motor vehicle and traffic safety programs under provisions ofthe National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966, and highwaysafety programs pursuant to provisions of the Highway Safety Act of 1966.Motor carrier safety functions, relating to provisions of the InterstateCoMmerce Act, that were transferred to the Department of Transportationare performed by the Bureau of Motor Carrier Safety.
_The_Bureau of Public Roads since 1930 has been assisting fn the construction
of the Central American portion of the Inter-American Highway from Guatemala
through El Salvador, Honduras, Nicaragua, Costa Rica,and Panama. The entire
highway has been open to all-weather traffic since 1963, but at the close of
fiscal year 1967 approximately 107 of the highway remains to be paved.
- 132 -
Technical assistance and engineering supervision also were furnished the
Organization of American States in conducting surveys across the Darien
Gap jungle between Panama and Colombia to develop cost estimates for
highway construction to link the American continents.
Since World War II, in cooperation with the Department of State, foreign
aid agencies, and international lending institutions, the Bureau of Public
Roads also has given technical assistance, advice, and consultation to
many foreign countries in establishing competent highway organizationsand training their nationals to staff them, and in developing highway
systems and highway construction and maintenance programs. These activities
have done much to foster economic and social growth in the under-developed
nations. The Bureau of Publlc Roads participated in 12 such programsduring 1966, in Central and South America, Europe, Africa, the Middle East,
and Southeast Asia.
The aid to Central American Republics in construction of the inter-
American Highway, and the technical assistance programs in other countries,.
are carried out by Bureau of Public Roads offices located in the host
countries. Procurement and transportation of highway construction and
maintenance equipment, materials, and supplies account for a large share
of the expenditures involved.
In addition, several types of study and training programs in modern
highway practices are conducted for visiting foreign public works officials,
highway engineers, and technicians. Sponsors of these training programs
include AID, the United Nations, the Bureau of Educational and Cultural
Affairs of the Department of 5tate, ahd foreign governments. In all,
402 engineers and officials from 58 countries have 15articipated in 315
man-months of study and training, with 78 percent under AID sponsorship.
A division in the Office of Engineering and Operations, under the
supervision .of the Deputy Associate Director for Operations, is responsible
for the coordination and administration of the foreign program activities.
The Bureau of Public Roads also has responsibilities with respect to
certain international highways on the American continent, and participates
in the formulation of conventions governing traffic regulation and reci-
procity among American nations. Other international activities include
cooperative highway research and technology ahd traffic operations, with
Bureau of Public Roads officials participating as U.S. Government repre-
sentatives or observers at convocations of internatiaaal highway organi-
zations or groups.
The National Highway Safety Bureau will engage in international activities
relating principally to the application of safety performance standards
with respect to motor vehicles of foreign manufacture imported for
operation on U.S. highways; the international exchange of technical and
scientific highwatechnological adin traffic signson internationalstandards-settiregard to over
The internatigenerally toof passengerinternationa
continent.
The Coastto develostate of
emergencArmed Foprogramor assisubjec
- 133 -
y traffic and motor vehicle safety information and
vances; the development of international compatibilityand driver licensing; and matters involving the effecttrade and commercial relations and the impact of the
ng prccess on foreign motor vehicle manufacturers with11 U.S. foreign policy.
nal functions of the Bureau of Motor Carrier Safety relatethose concerned with the regulation of the transportationand Property by motor carriers in foreign commerce, crossing
1 highway connections at border points on the American
U.S. Coast Guard
Guard's primary missions are to provide search and rescue services,
p and administer a merchant marine safety program, to maintain areadinessfor military operations in time of war or national
y, to provide a comprehensive system of aids to navigation for the
rces and marine commerce, to carry out n effective port security
, to carry out an effective marine sciences program, and to enforce
st in the enforcement of Federal laws on the high sea3 or waters
t to the jurisdiction of the United States.
The U.S. Coast Guard ls vitally concerned with international.maritime
safety and most of its international activities revolve around this mission.
Although the Department of State has the prime responsibility to approve
U.S. positions in the international field, it haft stated that the
"Department of State must look to the Coast Guard as the agency of our
Government having the facilfties, trained personnel, and technical
knowledge of all maritime safety activities...to enable effective United
States participation in, and implementation of, international agreements
in this highly specialized field. The United States, of course, has not
en backward in its interest in safety measures designed to preserve life
and property at sea, and its active participation in international efforts
to this end contributes substantially to good foreign.relations. The
Coast Guard also has done an excellent job in enabling the United States
to discharge, on a nafional basis, the many obligations arising from
fhese treaties and agreements which require the special knowledge and
facilities possessed by it.ft
International programs are involved in all but one of the mission areas of
the CoaSt Guard. These rdission areas are: Merchant Marine Safety; Search
and Rescue; Marine Law Enforcement; Oceanography; Aids to Navigation.
In cooperation with other U.S. Government agencies, the Coast Guard provides
training in its areas of operation for selected foreign nationals. This
-134-
training generally includes attendance at the Officers Candidate School.
About one-half of these trainees are sponsored by AID; the balance are
referred by the Navy Department, Federal Aviation Agency, Department of
Labor, and Department of Commerce. Fields of training include: search
and rescue, navigation, marine safety, port security, and law enforcement.
At the request of foreign governments, under the sponsorship of AID, the
Coast Guard provides technical assistance groups to governments. These
groups assist and advise the host governments in the performance of
'general Coast Guard duties.
The U.S. Coast Guard participates in international conferences in various
fields associated with maritime safety. The most active participation is
with the Intergovernmental Maritime Consultative Organization (IMCO) for
which the Coast Guard provides deleLates and advisors for 20 to 25
meetings per year.
There are many international agreements with foreign governments in which
the Coast Guard is vitally concerned; however, these agreements are made
between sovereign states and are not necessarily international agreements
made by the Coast Guard.
Various agreements have been made with the nations regarding the establish-
ment and operation of long-range electronic aids (LORAN). These agreements
are handled by the Department of State. Agreements usually are made for
all stations located on foreign soil and deal with the necessary land per-
mission to operate the LORAN frequencies in accordance with International
Telecommunication Union (ITU) regulations, etc.
The names of the international organizations with which the U.S. Coast
Guard carries out its international activities are listed in the pamphlet
entitled "Summary of Coast Guard Participation in International Affairs."
In carrying out the international program of the U.S. Coast Guard, liaison
is maintained with many elements of the Department of State, some of which
are the Office of Maritime Affairs, the Office of Communications, the
Office of International Scientific and Technological Affairs, the Office
of International Conferences, and the Office of Economic and Social Affairs.
Saint Lawrence Seaway Develo ment Cor oration
The Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation is charged with the
construction and operation of that part of the Seaway in the U.S. terri-
tory between Lake Ontario and St. Regis, New York. The Corporation
operates on an international level in conjunction with a similar agency
in Canada regarding tolls, rules of measurement of vessels and cargoes,
and the development and utilization of the waterway. In addition, the
- 135 -
Corporation participates with its Canadian counterpart in the ownership and
operation of the Cornwal-Massena International Bridge.
Further, the Corporation is charged with the financial responsibility
of repaying its cost plus interest to the U.S. Treasury Department within
a 50-year period. The total debt approximates $140 million.
In addition, the Corporation works in cooperation with other international
agencies in establiehment of rules and regulations of transit in inter-
national waterways.
-136-
FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION
The Federal Communications Commission (FCC) was created by the Communica-
tions Act of 1934 and administers that act, as amended.
It was established "for the purpose of regulating interstate and foreign
commerce in communication by wire and radio so as to make available, so
far as possible, to all the people of the United States a rapid, efficient,
Nation-wide and world-wide wire and radio communication service with
adequate facilities at ri:asonable charges, for the purpose of the national
defense, for the purpose of promoting safety of life and property through
the use of wire and radio communication, and for the purpose of securing
a more effective execution of this policy by centralizing authority..."
International Activities
The Commission affords an opportunity for key foreign communications
personnel to study and observe telecommunications systems in this country.
It does so through participation in a technical assistance program which
is'a joint effort of the Commission, the Department of State, the Agency
for International Development, and the International Telecommunication
Union (ITU), a specialized agency of the United Nations. The program is
conducted with the cooperation of operating companies, equipment manufac-
turers, institutions for technical training, and Federal, State, and local
government agencies.
During fiscal year 1967, the Commission arranged training for 24 partici-
pants from 13 foreign countries. The length of training averaged 4 1/2
months for each participant. The countries, and the number of their
participants, were: Yugoslavia, 6; Korea, 4; Dominican Republic, Mexico,
and India, 2 each; and Turkey, Sudan, Taiwan, Israel, Greece, Venezuela,
the Philippines, and Kuwait, 1 each.
In addition, 94 visitors representing 29 countries were counseled by
Commission personnel. These countries, and the number of their partici-
pants, were: Brazil, 12; Dominican Republic, 11; Ecuador, 10; Japan, 9;
Argentina, 8; Bolivia and Venezuela, 5 each; India, 4; Paraguay and Taiwan,
3 each; Hong Kong, Indonesia, Kenya, Sierra Leone, and Sweden, 2 each; and
Belgium, British Honduras, Colombia, Czechoslovakia, England, France,
Germany, Ghana, Korea, Malaysia, Mexico, Singapore, Spain, and Yugoslavia,
1 each.
On the job training in broadcast regulations and technical standards,
frequency management, and monitoring and direction finding is provided to
those foreign visitors interested in these particular activities.
During fiscal year 1967, the Commission prepared for 42 international tele-
r"--°
- 137 -
communication conferences of which 29 were multilateral and 13 bilateral.
This participation was under Department of State sponsorship or with State
Department concurrence.
The Commission furnished 6 delegation chairmen, 4 vice chairmen, and
77 other representatives for delegations to 38 international sessions,
under the auspices of ITU or its associated organizations. These sessions
considered matters such as the coordination of international broadcasting
schedules, negotiation of the U.S.-Mexico Agreement regarding Radio Broad-
casting in the Standard Broadcast Band, and technical standards on various
subjects.
The Commission continued its activity in the U.S. preparatory work, under
dhe Department of State, for the ITU World Administrative Radio Conference
(WARC) for the Maritime Mobile Service which was held in Geneva, 'Switzer-
land, from September 18 - November 4, 1967. Informal preparatory meetings
to discuss U.S. preliminary views for this conference were held with Canada,
United Kingdom, Spain, and Sweden. A team of U.S. telecommunication
experts also attended the Allied Radio Frequency Agency (ARFA) Joint
Military/Civil Meeting on this subject held in London, January 4-6, 1967.
In addition, under sponsorship of the Department of State, U.S. prepara-
tory work was done for the First Session of the ITU Study Group for
the preparation of a draft Constitutional Charter .for the.Union which
met at Geneva, December 4-8, 1967. A member of the Commission's
staff was elected by the 1966 ITU Administrative Council to serve as one
of the 10 members of this special Study Group. The 1965 Montreux Pleni-
potentiary Conference decided that such a draft should be prepared and
distributed to the Members of the Union for consideration at least 1 year
before the next Plenipotentiary Conference, which is scheduled to be held
in Geneva in 1971.
In international aviation activity, policy is formulated by the Inter-
agency Group on International Aviation (IGIA) for the guidance of U.S.
representatives to such international meetings as ITU and ICAO (Inter-
national Civil Aviation Organization). During the 1967 fiscal year,
representatives of the Commission assisted in preparing the U.S. position
for numerous ICAO meetings, and .Commission representatives continued to
participate in study groups of the International Radio Consultative
Committee (CCIR) of the ITU.
The Commission makes all frequency notifications on behalf of the United
States to the International Frequency Registration Board (IFRB) in Geneva.
Commission regulation of telephone and telegraph companies in the United
States which handle international traffic now extends to communication
relayed by space satellites. This involves agreements with other nations
on the frequencies and earth terminals to be used.
- 138 -
The Commission also licenses radio stations on American planes and .
ships in international as well as domestic service and, under inter-
national agreement and upon request, inspects the radio equipment of
certain foreign vessels calling at U.S. ports.
In domestic administration of telecommunications provisions of treaties
and other international agreements to which the United States is a party,
the Commission helps to resolve complaints of interference between radio
stations in the United States and those in foreign countries. Besides
patrolling the radio spectrum for violators, its monitoring network fur-
nishes radio bearings for planes and ships in distress.
- 139 -
FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM
The Federal Reserve System is the central banking system of the United
States. It was created by the Federal Reserve Act which became a law
on December 23, 1913. The basic function of the Federal Reserve Systemis to make possible a flow of credit and money that will foster orderly
economic growth and a stable dollar, encourage business and employment,
and facilitate a long-run balance in the nation's international payments.
The System comprises the Board of Governors in Washington, D. C.; the
12 Federal Reserve Banks and their 24 branches situated in different
sections of the United States; the Federal Open Market Committee; the
Federal Advisory Council; and over 6,000 member banks.
General responsibility for the visitors' program at the Board of Governors
rests with the Secretary of the Board, with specific responsibility being
delegated to an Assistant Secretary of the Board.
As the Nation's central bank4.ng system, the Federal Reserve seeks to
maintain close relations with other central banks, ministries of finance,
and international financial Grganizations. In this connection, the Systemprovides programs for visitors to the Federal Reserve from such institu-
tions, either on an individual or group basis. In addition, Cie System
provides programs for students of money and banking and finance. Although
many of the foreign visitors to the Federal Reserve are affiliated with
central banks, and their visits are sponsored by such institutions, a
number of visitors received by the Federal Reserve are sponsored by the
Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs of the Department of State,
the Agency for International Development, and other Government agencies
including the Departmemts of Commerce and Labor. The Board of Governors
also Maintains liaison with the International Monetary Fund and the
International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (World Bank) in
this activity.
During the period July 1966-June 1967, a total of 668 visitors, represent-ing 92 different countries and ranging from students to high governmentofficials,visited the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System in
Washington. Also curing the same period, the 12 Federal Reserve Banks
received a considerable number of visitors, the Federal Reserve Bank of
New York receiving the largest number.
-140-
LIBRARY OF CONGRESS
The Library of Congress was established by Act of Congress in 1800.Subsequent acts created a Law Library as a part of the Library ofCongress, deposited the library of the Smithsonian Institution in the
Library of Congress, created various departments or divisions therein,and established within the Library the Office of the Register of Copy-
rights. Regular appropriations from Congress are the main support ofthe Library. Gifts of materials for the collections or gifts of moneyfor immediate use may be accepted by the Librarian of Congress, however,and--in addition--the Library of Congress Trust Fund Act of 1925, asamended, authorizes the Library of Congress Trust Fund Board to acceptand deposit in the U, S. Treasury (as a permanent loan) endowment funds
up to a limit of $10 million, drawing interest at 4 percent, and to
administer the use of this income by the Library.
The international elements in the Library are evident in its organization,
holdings, and activities. Its Law Library has divi-sions which give
reference service to the public and conduct legal research for Congress
in American and British law, Far Eastern law, European law, Near Easternand North African law, Hispanic law, and foreign law in general. Another
department, the Legislative Reference :ervice, not only has a ForeignAffairs Division to conduct research for Congress but has among its staff
in other divisions senior specialists and other researchers in foreigneconomics, international finance, and other aspects of international
relations. In the Reference Department, which provides service to bothCongress and the public on all collections except legal materials, aresuch specialized divisions as the Hispanic Foundation, the Orientalia
Division, and the Slavic and Central European Division, as well as anAfrican Section in the General Reference and Bibliography Division.
The Library's extensive collections, totaling more than 54,000,000 items,
are universal in scope and acquired from around the globe. They include
more than 14,003,000 books and pamphlets on every subject and in numerouslanguages, as well as collections ia every form that man has invented to
record his knowledge.
Activities
The activities of the Library include:
(1) The Free Use of the Library for Reference. For the purposes of
reference, the use of the Library's 17 reading rooms is free withoutintroduction or credential to any adult inquirer from any place--except
that identification must be established in the Manuscript Reading Room
and the Rare Book Room. Some reference work is carried on by correspon-dence when inquirers have exhausted their local or State library resources.The Library gives priority to inquiries pertaining to its holdings of
- 141 -
special materials or to subjects in which its resources are unique.
(2) Extension of Service. The Library extends its services through
(a) an interlibrary loan system; (b) the photoduplication, at reasonable
cost, of books, manuscripts, maps, newspapers, and prints in its collec7
tions, provided the materials are not copyrighted or otherwise restricted;
(c) the sale of sound recordings, reproduced through gift funds from its
archives of tape recorded folk music or poetry and literature; (d) the
presentation of varied exhibitions of fine prints, rare booksoand maps;
manuscripts, and other unusual items from the collections, and the loan
of same exhibitions for travel to other institutions here and abroad--
including the biennial National Exhibition of Prints which the Library
sponsors through gift funds to acquire contemporary fine prints; (e) the
presentation through gift funds of poetry readings, lectures, and concerts
of chamber music, the sponsorship of concerts in cities of the United
States where chamber music might not otherwise be heard, and the commission-
ing of new works of music; (0 the publication of facsimiles of original
mat. 3cripts or rare printings in the collections; (g) the provision of
books in raised type and "talking book" records and sound machines for
blind and physically handicapped residents of the United States and its
Territories; (h) the exchange of duplicates with other institutions; (i)
the preparation of bibliographical guides responsive to the needs of
Government and research; (j) the publication and sale of printed catalog
cards, catalogs in book form, bibliographies, and other technical tools,
which make available to scholars and other libraries 'le results of its
expert cataloging and bibliographical work; (k) the development of a
scientific scheme of classification and cataloging embracing the entire
field of printed matter; (1) the publication of catalogs of -all works
registere6 for copyright in the United States; (m) the maintenance and
publication of a National Union Catalog and of axiliary union catalogs
for Slavic, Hebraic, Japanese, and Chinese materials.
International Activities
Public Law_4122param. With appropriations granted pursuant to section
104 (n) of the Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act of 1954
(Public Law 83-480), as amended, the Library of Congress carries on a
program for the acquisition of library materials in Ceylon, India, Nepal,
Pakistan, the United Arab Republic, Israel, Indonesia, and Yugoslavia.
In each of the countries, foreign currencies accrued to the credit of the
United States are used to employ local staff, to rent office space, to
purchase books and other library materialsond to ship the materials
acquired directly to the Library of Congress and to other U.S. libraries.
Some 40 research libraries receive sets of foreign-language materials and
310 libraries in all 50 of the States receive sets of English-language
materials under this program. Over 1,725,000 publications are acquired
annually under this program.
-142-
National Program for Acquisitions and Cataloging
Under Title II-C of "the Higher Education Act of 1965, the Library of
Congress is entrusted with the responsibility of acquiring all materials
currently published throughout the world which are of value to scholar-
ship and for providing catalog information for these Materials promptly
after receipt and distributing bibliographic information by printing
catalog cards and by other means. In order to implement this program,
the Library of Congress has established Shared Cataloging Offices in
London, Paris, Oslo, Wiesbaden, Vienna, The Hague: and Belgrade. These
offices provide bibliographic coverage of the publishing output of
Sweden, Denmark, Switzerland, and Belgium, as well as of the countries
in which they are located. In addition, regional acquisitions offices
are operating in Nairobi, Kenya, and Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, to obtain
materials not readily available through normal trade channels. The books
acquired and cataloged under this program are listed in the Library's
National Union Catalog, which, in effect, is becoming more and more an
international bibliography.
International Exchange of Publications
The Library of Congress participates in the mutual exchange of official
publications with 102 other governments in accordance with Treaties,
Stipulations, Conventions, and other formal agreements made between the
United States and various foreign countries. Ia addition, the Library
of Congress carries on exchanges of publications with some 24,000 foreign
libraries, educational organizations, and research institutions, includ-
ing 2,350 exchanges with international organizations.
The Jointly Sponsored Program for Foreign Librarians
This program, administered by the Library of Congress, permits a limited
number of carefully chosen professional librarians from foreign countries
to be brought to the United States under the auspices of the U.S. Depart-
ment of State. During their stay, the individuals chosen work for 11
months as members of the staffs of the sponsoring libraries selected to
give them the types of experience desired. In addition, funds are
provided to them for 40 days of orientation, travel, and attendance at
professional meetings.
Exchange Visitor Program
The Library has an exchange visitor program (No. GS-21) whereby a limited
number of qualified foreign librarians are able to learn and work at the
Library of Congress for a period not to exceed one year.
-143-
NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION
The National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) was establishedby the National Aeronautics and Space Act of 1958, as amended. Thestatutory functions of NASA are to:
Conduct research into problems of flight within and outsidethe earth's atmosphere with a view to their practical solution.
Develop, construct, test, and operate aeronautical and spacevehicles for research purposes.
Conduct such activities as may be required for the explorationof space.
Arrange for participation by the scientific community in plan-ning scientific measurements and observations to be made throughuse of aeronautical and space vehicles, and conduct or arrangefor the conduct of such measurements and observations.
Provide for the widest practical and appropriate disseminationof information concerning its activities and the results thereof.
International Activities *
The legislative authority for NASA's international activities is contain-ed in sections 102 (c) (7)and 205 of the National Aeronautics and SpaceAct of 1958:
"The aeronautical and space aAivities of the United States shall beconducted so as to contribute materially to ...cooperation by theUnited States with other nations and groups of nations in work donepursuant to this Act and in the peaceful application of the resultsthereof.
"The Administration, under the foreign policy guidance of the President,may engage in a program of international cooperation in work donepursuant to this Act, and in the peaceful application of the resultsthereof, pursuant to agreements made by the President with the adviceand consent of the Senate."
In carrying out the mandate of the Act, NASA has engaged in a broad rangeof international activities. By January 1967, there were 72 politicaljurisdictions working with NASA in joint flight, flight support, or train-ing programs. The Office of International Affairs coordinates with theDepartment of State in carrying out the objectives of the Act on an inter-national basis.
* A semiannual report summarizing NASA's international activities, countryby country, and its international personnel exchanges may be obtained fromthe NASA Office of International Affairs.
_ 144 -
NASA's policy is to have its international programs carried out under the
terms of agency-to-agency agreements between NASA and a central civilian
agency designated by the participating foreign government. These agency
agreements are confirmed by governmental level agreements whenever it is
thought advisable by the Department of State or the Foreign Office con-
cerned.
NASA's agency agreements arc precisely defined in terms of specific
projects which are to mutual scientific interest. Under the terms of
these agreements there is no exchange of funds; each participant accepts
financial responsibility for its own contributions to the joint projects.
In all such agreements, the scientific results from experiments are re-
quired to be published in the open scientific literature.
Although NASA has no official, direct relationship with international
organizations, NASA personnel assist, adviselor participate directly or
indirectly in connection with the following: United Nations, Committee
on the Peaceful Uses of Outer Space; NASA-Advisory Group on Aeronautical
Research and Development (AGARD); The Committee on Space Research (COSPAR);
and member unions of the International Council of Scientific Unions (ICSU).
Education and Training
In the education and training area, NASA has established three programs:
I. A postdoctoral associateship program for recognized senior
scientists who may spend one or more years conducting theoretical
or experimental research at a NASA center. Such associateships
carry appropriately liberal stipends provided by NASA through
the National Academy of Sciences, which administers the program.
2. The International University Fellowships in Space Sciences
program in which foreign predoctoral graduate students sponsored
by their national or regional space organization may take one or
two years of study and research at one of 28 participating uni-
versities. The foreign sponsoring agency provides international
travel and subsistence in this country, while NASA, through the
National Academy of Sciences, provides university costs and
domestic travel.
3. On-the-job orientation and instruction of foreign technicians
and scientists in connection with cooperative programs is provided
for varying periods at NASA's centers and the launching station
at Wallops Island, Virginia, with the foreign sponsor funding all
expenses of its trainees. Increased local participation in the
operation of foreign stations in NASA's global tracking and data
acqutsition, networks is also facilitated through a training
program under the cognizance of NASA's Goddard Space Flight Center
and Jet Propulsion Laboratory.
;maw.
-145-
Under these programs, there were 88 resident research associates from23 countries participating in research at NASA Centers in June 1967.Forty-five fellows from 13 countries studied in the space sciences at28 U. S. universities during the 1966-67 academic year, and there havebeen a total of 364 trainees from 19 countries participating in thetechnical training program.
NASA and its centers have hosted approximately 20,300 foreign nationals,including officials and scientists connected with space activities, from124 countries since the beginning of the program. The purposes of thesevisits range from general tours of the facilities to scientific andtechnical discussions with NASA personnel.
Cooperative Projects
The-overall NASA international program includes the pinaning and carrying-out of cooperative projects with the space agencies (or other appropriatenational organizations) of other countries. These projects are arrangedin response to specific scientific proposals from the countries involvedand are viewed as an integral part of the NASA research and developmentprogram. Each cooperating country agrees to support its portion of thecooperative project, and both sides agree to make the experimental resultsavailable to the worldwide scientific community.
Since the beginning of the program, NASA has undertaken 15 such cooperativeprojects calling for the launching of international satellites. These
involve five countries under bilateral arrangements and the European SpaceResearch Organization. By mid-1967 eight satellites had been successfullylaunched.
NASA is also prepared to cooperate with the scientists of other countriesby accommodating experiments prepared by foreign scientists on NASA scien-tific satellites and probes. These are selected in open competition withthe proposals of U.S. scientists and the experiments are considered a partof NASA's space science program.
A wide range of joint sounding rocket cooperative projects has made itpossible for 19 countries to engage in worthwhile space and upper atmos-
phere research programs at minimum cost. NASA cooperation in this fieldhas contributed to the development of a number of foreign rocket launch-ing sites distributed geographically so as to make major contribution toatmospheric and space sciences.
In addition to the above flight projects, NASA has entered into cooperativearrangements with over 60 countries in communications, meteorology, geodesy,and ionospheric physics. These ground-based projects include such activ-
-146-
ities as synoptic ground measurements of ionospheric activity in coordi-
nation with satellite studies, the construction and operation of
experimental earth stations to work with NASA communication satellites,
and ground stations for the reception of cloud cover photographs trans-
mitted by NASA meteorological satellites.
Additionally, demonstrations of television and other communications
techniques on an international basis were made possible by means of Echo,
Telstar, Relay, Syncom, and ATS, through cooperative programs in which
England and France constructed major ground terminals in their own
territories with their own funds. More recently, Germany, Italy, Brazil,
Japan, Scandinavia, and Canada also participated in these programs.
India is presently constructing a ground station at Ahmedabad, with
which it hopes to participate in the Applications Technology Satellite
program.
NASA's tracking and data acquisition stations are operated wholly or in
part with local technicians, and several countries defray all or a
significant part of the operating costs of stations located in their
territories.
Exchange of Information
The results of NASA experiments are made available to scientists and
engineers both in the United States and abroad. Under NASA's document
exchange program, arrangements are established with foreign universities,
research institutes,and government agencies for the exchange of scientific
and technical publications relating to aerospace activities. In June 1967,
there were in effect document exchange arrangements with 295 institutions
in 47 countries. Abstracts of exchange materials received in NASA are
included either in NASA's biweekly publication for report literature,
Scientific and Technical Aerospace Reports (STAR), or the NASA-supported
biweekly publication for journal literature, Lnternational Aerospace
Abstracts (IAA). This worldwide cooperative collection effort has
resulted in a significant expansion of the information bank of aerospace
literature; for example, of the 30,000 documents indexed in STAR during
1966, approximately 11,000 were of foreign origin. Foreign documents
received by NASA are made available to other U.S. Government agencies and
their contractors, and through the Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific
and Technical Information, to the public.
NASA makes available to the U.S. Information Agency actual spacecraft
and models, as well as two-dimensional exhibits, for public display abroad.
Six NASA Spacemobiles--vehicles equipped with space science
materials--operate overseas under agreements with countries
Asia, Africa, and Latin America which furnish lecturers and
Spacemobile units to schools and educational institutions.
demonstrationin Europe,schedule the
-147-
NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS SERVICE
The National Archives and Records Service, headed by the Archivist of the
United States, was established in 1949 by the Administrator of General
Services to supersede the National Archives Establishment, created in
1934. It is responsible for selecting, preserving, and making available
to the Government and the public the permanently valuable noncurrent
records of the Federal Government and for promoting improved current
records management and paperwork practices in Federal agencies. It is
also responsible for publishing the laws, constitutional amendments,
Presidential documents, and administrative regulations having general
applicability and legal effect, and for the administration of the Presi-
dential libraries and Federal records cencers.
To make selected bodies of important research materials available through-
out the world the National Archives reproduces them on microfilm, positive
prints of which are for sale at moderate cost. Historic documents, such
as the Declaration of Independence, the Constitution of the United States,
and the Bill of Rights, are reproduced in facsimile for sale to the public.
The National Historical Publications Commission, of which the Archivist
of the United States is chairman, makes plans and recommendations for the
publication at public expense.of important historical works and collec-
tions of sources, and cooperates with and encourages appropriate agencies,
both public and private, in collecting, preserving, and, when desirable,
editing and publishing the papers of outstanding citizens of the United
States and such other documents as may be important for an understanding
and appreciation of the history of the United States, The Commission is
also responsible for advising the Administrator of General Services with
respect to the making of allocations to Federal agencies and grants to
State and nonprofit organizations and institutions for the collecting,
describing, preserving, compiling, and publishing of documentary sources
significant to the history of the United States
International Activities
The National Archives, one of the worldls leading research institutions,
answers nearly 600,000 requests each year, by mail, telephone, and
personal visit, for information pertaining to the records in its custody.
These holdings amount to almost 900,000 cubic feet of records and they
include textual records, maps, motion pictures, sound recordings, and
photographs. In them are embodied the experience of the Federal Govern-
ment in dealing with the problems of growth and development of the
United States over the last 200 years, as well as documentation concern-
ing the relations of the United States with other nations. Requests for
information or for microfilm come from officials of other governments,
from foreign institutions, or from foreign scholars studying in the United
States.
aft
- 148 -
Regular exchanges of publications have been established with countries
throughout the world. Professional assistance and advice are given
foreign archivists through in-service training programs in the National
Archives in Washington, through summer institutes jointly sponsored by
the National Archives and American University, through the distribu-
tion of technical manuals prepared by the National Archives in English
and other languages, and through correspondence. Staff members have also
undertaken consulting assignments in foreign countries at the request of
foreign governments.
The first inter-American seminar on archival problems, sponsored by the
National Archives in cooperation with the Rockefeller Foundation, the
Pan American Union, and the Department of State, was held in Washington, D.C.
in 1961, when 42 leading archivists from 18 Latin American countries met
to exchange information on archival principles and techniques. The most
recent international meeting to which the National Archives was host was
the Extraordinary Congress of the International Council on Archives,
held in Washington May 9 - 14, 1966, which was attended by over 200
delegates from more than 50 countries.
0
-149-
NATIONAL FOUNDATION ON THE ARTS AND THE HUMANITIES
The National Foundation on the Arts and the Humanities, established as anew independent agency under Public Law 89-209 of September 29, 1965, has
two major branches: a National Endowment for the Arts, and a National
Endowment for the Humanities. Each Endowment is given guidance and adviceby its Council of private citizens, appointed by the President. In each
case, the Council Chairman serves as the chief executive officer of the
Endowment.
The advisory body for the Arts Endowment is the National Council on the
Arts, established during 1964 by Public Law 88-579. It is composed ofprivate citizens who are knowledgeable and experienced in the arts. The
new aot increases this Council's membership by two, so that it will be
composed of 26 private citizens and its Chairman.
The structure for the Humanities Endowment is exactly parallel, with a
new National Council on the Humanities established under Public Law
89-209 and consisting of 26 private citizens and the Chairman. Its members
are chosen on the basis of distinguished service, scholarship,and/or
creativity.
There is also provision for coordination between the two Endowments and
with related Federal bureaus and agencies. This insures maximum oppor-
tunity for cooperative activities and prevents duplication of effort.
Coordination is provided through a Federal Council on the Arts and the
Humanities, composed of nine members:
The Chairman of the National Endowment for the ArtsThe Chairman of the National Endowment for the HumanitiesThe U.S. Commissioner of EducationThe Secretary of the Smithsonian InstitutionThe Director of the National Science FoundationThe Librarian of CongressThe Director of the National Gallery of ArtThe Chairman of the Commission of Fine ArtsThe Assistant Secretary of State for Educational and Cultural
Affairs
Funding. Upon establishment, each Endowment was authorized $5 million for
each of three fiscal years (1966, 1967, and 1968). In addition, funds were
made available to match donations from private sources and appropriations by
the States for activities in the field of cultural endeavors. Beginning with
fiscal year 1969, authorizations became subject to review by the Congress.
Grants. Applications are made to the Chairman of each of the Endowments,depending on the nature of the request. Procedures and criteria of thegrants-in-aid programs are guided by the two Councils of private citizens,
the National Council on the Arts,and the National Council on the Humanities.
-150-
National Endowment for the Arts
Activities in the arts are broad in scope and include the following:
Productions which have substantial artistic and culturalsignificance, giving emphasis to American creativity and themaintenance and encouragement of professional excellence.
Productions, meeting professional standards or standards ofauthenticity, irrespective of origin which are of significantmerit and which, without such assistance, would otherwise beunavailable to our citizens in many areas of the country.
Projects that will encourage and assist artists and enablethem to achieve standards of professional excellence.
Wbrkshops that will encourage and develop the appreciation andenjoyment of the arts by U.S. citizens.
Other relevant projects, including surveys, research, andplanning in the arts.
"The arts" as defined by P.L. 89-209 include music (instrumental and vocal),dance, drama, folk art, creative writing, architecture and allied fields,painting, sculpture, graphic and craft arts, industrial design, costume andfashion design, motion pictures, television, radio, tape and sound recording,and the arts related to the presentation, performance, execution, and exhibi-tion of such major art forms.
Endowment programs have also assisted the international arts field. Supportwas given to the first international conferences held in the United Statesby American P.E.N. (Poets, Playwrights, Essayists, and Novelists), theNational Music Camp at Interlochen, Michigan, and the International TheatreInstitute. More than 800 writers, 800 musicians, and 125 directors, profes-sors, playwrights, and actors from abroad participated in these internationalart events, which were hosted for the first time by American organizations.
One hundred and sixty delegates from 44 countries including Eastern Europeand the U.S.S.R. and several hundred Americans participated in the 12thCongress of the International Theatre Institute (ITI), an internationaltheatre organization founded and sponsored by UNESCO and currently approach-ing its 20th birthday. The biennial Congress was held in the United Statesfor the first time and hosted by ITI's U.S. Centre, the American NationalTheatre and Academy.
This international meeting affords the opportunity for theatre leaders fromall over the world to exchange ideas and to discuss mutual problems and
solutions. In demonstrating the American theatre in action to theatrepeople from abroad, it also gave to the American theatre itself a sense of
its own international value, importance, and responsibility. All facets of
the United States theatre participated both in the planning and the realiza-
tion of the Congress. A grant of $35,000 was awarded by the Endowment for
this conference.
- 151 -
National Endowment for the Humanities
The Endowment for the Humanities was established to:
Develop and encourage the pursuit of a national policyfor the promotion of progress and scholarship in the
humanities.
Initiate and support research and programs tu strengthenthe research potential of the United States in the humanities.
Award fellowships and grants to institutions or individualsfor training and workshops in the humanities.
Foster public understanding and appreciation of the humanities,
Support the publication of scholarly works in the humanities.
The term "humanities" as defined in P.L. 89-209 includes, but is not
limited to, the study of the following: language, both modern and
classical; linguistics; literature; history; jurisprudence; philosophy;
archaeology; the history, criticism, theory, and practice of the arts;
and those aspects of the social sciences which have humanistic content
and employ humanistic methods.
No programs were established directly for support of international activity
during fiscal year 1967, the Endowment's first full year of operation.
However, a description of present activity indicates certain areas in
which eventually the Endowment may seek to offer programs for support of
international activity:
The Division of Fellowships and Stipends supports individual scholarship
and training by providing individuals with time uninterrupted by other
responsibilities. Two types of fellowships, a summer stipend program and
a six-to-eight month program, are intended to give promising young scholars
time and opportunity for development during the early years of their pro-
fessional life. Applicants for both programs must have completed the Ph.D.
or equivalent professional training within five years prior to the date on
which applications are due. In fiscal year 1967, there were 228 fellowships
awarded to young scholars.
The third type of fellowship is the Senior Fellowship which is intended for
persons who have been active as scholars, writers, or teachers for a number
of years and have produced significant original work. Fifty-seven senior
fellowships were awarded in fiscal year 1967.
Approximately 50 percent of all the fellows have used their awards for
research, writing, and study abroad. Those who have gone abroad have been
- 152 -
concerned mainly with the fields of history, foreign languages (both
classical and modern), literature, and the arts. They have not been
formally affiliated with institutions abroad, but have made use of both
public and private research facilities.
The Division of Research and Publication supports research and programs
intended to strengthen the research potential of the United States, as
well as to encourage the preparation of scholarly works in the humanities.
Three types of projects are supported at present: a) scholarly research
projects in the humanities, including necessary aids to scholarly research;
b) the preparation of editions of important humanistic works (including
papers and manuscripts); and c) projects to foster the interchange of
informatiwl in the humanities. Although some research projects have
involved work abroad (for example, research grants for foreign archeology),
it is under the last category that grants of an international character
have been made.
In fiscal year 1967, the Division made three grants which would increase the
contribution of American humanists to the international scholarly community.
The first award was given to the American Council of Learned Societies for
the purpose of administering a program which would assist in defraying the
expenses of participation by American humanistic scholars in international
humanistic conferences abroad. The grant is aiding approximately 40
American scholars who are officers or members of governing bodies or
official delegates to international scholarly associations; or who are
members of international planning committees for future scholarly congresses
and conferences; or who are members of editorial boards of international
journals.
The second award was given to the Association for Asian Studies and the
American Oriental Society, to host the 27th International Congress of
Orientalists. Founded in 1873 by leading oriental scholars in Europe, the
Congress met in the United States for the first time partly as a result of
support from the Endowment grant.
The third award was a small general-purpose grant to the American Research
Institute in Turkey, as the initial stage in possible development of an
Endowment program to support American humanistic research institutes abroad.
The Division of Educational and Special Projects seeks to improve the
07E7E5=T or humanistic subjects in educatrEal institutions of every
kind* to increase public interest in the humanities, both in quantity and
quality, through television, radio, films, and other media. Most projects
funded under this Division have not involved international activity, but
one grant in fiscal year 1967 has an international dimension. A grant was
made to the University of Iowa for support of that institution's Program
in International Writing, which brings distinguished foreign authors to the
University of Iowa to collaborate with American scholars in the translation
of important American literary works into foreign languages (including
Chinese, Korean, Japanese, and Bengali in fiscal year 1967), as well as the
translation of major works in these languages into English.
- 153 -
NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION
When established in 1950 the National- Science Foundation (NSF) receiveda broad mandate to promote the progress of science by supporting basicresearch, enhancing manpower development, and facilitating scientificcommunication. To carry out this mandate NSF has established programscovering the full spectrum of basic scientific activities. Becausescience is international -- reaching across national boundaries toexchange and acquire knowledge and to combine efforts in the attack oncommon problems -- this spectrum extends into the international sphere.
The international science activities of NSF have three principal aspects:Support of projects to strengthen U.S. science in programs funded by NSF;support of projects to assist certain foreign countries in developingtheir scientific capabilities (funded by the Agency for Internationalnevelopment); and international cooperative studies and other activitiesiA conjunction with international science organization.
Strengthening U.S. Science
Research-Related Support. In its support of basic research in science,NSF regularly cooperates with other countries in broadly based researchprograms which are international in scope and character. The AntarcticResearch Program and the International Years of the Quiet Sun are examplesof such programs, which are undertaken in accordance with internationalagreements concluded when important scientific opportunities are recognizedas requiring concerted multinational effort. NSF support is mainly toacademic scientists conducting their own research within the framework ofthe agreed-on international program. In terms of men and money spent,
these types of activities comprise the great bulk of science-related
international operations of NSF.
In addition to joint international programs of a specialized nature, NSF
also provides funds to U.S. scientists for research which may be conducted
abroad or in collaboration with foreign scientists. Support is also given
for attendance at international scientific meetings, science informatIon
exchange between cooperating countries, and educational and training
programs. Few grants are made to foreign institutions and only when
exceptional conditions justify support to the foreign recipient. In
fiscal year 1967, there were 21 research grants to foreign institutions
totaling approximately $617,700.
Two new research-related international cooperative programs were established
in 1967. On February 14, 1967, the Governments of the United States and
India signed an agreement for an exchange of scientists and engineers, and
an agreement for a cooperative program in science between the United States
and Italy was concluded on June 19, 1967. NSF, under both agreements, is
the implementing or coordinating agency for the U.S. Government.
-154-
The United States India Exchange Program calls for exchange visits
for periods of 2 weeks to several months with a total of 800 man-days per
year for each country. Under the agreement, individual scientists and
engineers are proposed as exchange visitors by the traveler's home country
and selected, with the consent of the host country, on the basis of poten-
tial contributions which may ensue from work in the two countries. The
Exchange Program was initiated in March 1967, and the first Indian visitor
arrived in the United States on April 15 for a 2-month visit.
The United States---Italy agreement provides that the MO governments will
undertake a broad-range program of scientific cooperation for peaceful
purposes. Each government will provide financial support for its respective
portion of the program. Activities under this program involve participation
by scientists of both countries and may include exchange of scientists,
pursuit of joint research projects, and seminars to exchange information.
The cooperative program was initiated with three projects which were
approved by the National Science Foundation and the Italian executive agency,
the Consiglio Nazionale delle Ricerche. These are:
The establishment of an International Stadium of Molecular
Biology, University of California, Berkeley, and the Inter-
national Laboratory of Genetics and Biophysics, Naples;
A Cooperative Research and Training Program in Develop-
mental Biology between the Massachusetts Institute of
Technology and the University of Palermo;
A Cooperative Research Program between the Instituto di
Medicina Sperimentale (CNR) and Washington University,
St. Louis, on Analysis of a Specific Nerve Growth Factor,
its Anti-serum and other Specific Growth Factors.
The United StatesJapan Cooperative Science Program was established in
1961 and has been successful in establishing closer cooperation in scientific
investigations of mutual interest to the two nations. The program is guided
by a joint committee of distinguished scientists from both countries. This
group meets annually to review and evaluate the projects under way and to
designate new areas of mutual scientific interest especially suited for
cooperative study.
Projects under the program are funded cooperatively, each country supporting
its own scientists. NSF is the implementing agency in the United States
and works closely with Japanese agencies to coordinate activities.
There are four types of activities under the program: Cooperative
research, visits by scientists of one country to the other for research
or fact finding in a specific field, scientific meetings, and the exchange
of educational materials. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 1967, a
total of 16 cooperative research projects were supported on such topics as
- 155 -
Microearthquakes of Tohoku and Nevada, Blood Macromolecules, GeneticOrigins and Bioclimatic Adaptations of the Japanese Macaque, and theNeurophysiology of Sleep;under the visiting scientists category, 4 US.scientists spent approximately a year in Japanese laboratories and 9 U.S.scientists visited Japan for shorter periods of time; 19 United States -Japan seminars and 3 meetings to review cooperative research projects wereheld, involving approximately 180 U.S. and 245 Japanese scientists; andin the area of educational materials, an exchange of scientific films wasinitiated.
Education-Related Support. In addition to cooperative research projects,contacts between U.S. and foreign scientific communities are maintainedthrough fellowship and exchange programs.
Contacts between individual U.S. and foreign scientists are encourEged andsupported through fellowship and exchange programs. Of the 2,915 fellow-ships awarded in fiscal year 1967 to U.S. citizens, 168 provided for tenureat a foreign institution. Forty-five U.S. citizens received NSF-adminis-tered North Atlantic Treaty Organization Postdoctoral Fellowships for studyfor periods of 6 to 12 months in institutions of NATO nations or othercooperating countries. In fiscal year 1967 the NATO Senior Fellowshipsin Science Program was inaugurated and administered for U.S. citizens byNSF, and 20 individuals received these awards. The primary objective of
this program is to enable U.S. universities and nonprofit scientificresearch institutions to send senior staff members to study new scientifictechniques and developments for short terms (1-3 months) at research andeducational institutions in other NATO nations or in countries that cooperatewith NATO. Under the NSF Senior Foreign Scientist Fellowship Program,provision was made for 56 U.S. institutions to be visited by that number of
eminent foreign scholars.
Travel grants were provided to 72 young U.S. scientists for attendance at
40 Advanced Study Institutes sponsored by NATO. In addition, travel grants
were made to eight American scientists to visit locations abroad, principally
for the purpose of participating in international meetings related to science
education.
NSF supports individual exchanges with the Soviet Union, Czechoslovakia,
Poland, Romania, and Yugoslavia. These exchanges are administered by theNational Academy of Sciences in this country and by counterpart organizations
in the respective foreign countries; they are conducted under terms of
written agreements or understandings between the National Academy and its
foreign counterparts. The agreement with the Saviet Academy is biennially
renewed and is incorporated within the exchange agreements between the two
governments. Memoranda of Understanding were exchanged between the National
Academy of Sciences and its four Eastern European counterparts and were
confirmed between January and July 1966. Negotiations have also been
conducted with the Hungarian Academy, and initiation of exchanges is
- 156 -
anticipated in 1968. In these exchanges, scientists receive international
travel support and stipends from their home countries, and local travel
and per diem from the host countries.
Development Assistance Programs
There is much interest abroad in the significant advances which have been
made in science education in the United States. However, educational
methods and content cannot be exported intact for use on arrival. To ease
the transition, NSF has worked closely with the Agency for International
Development (AID) to assist developing countries in their efforts to improve
their educational programs in science. From the U.S. experience in this
area, supported in part by NSF, new materials in course content development
and teacher training are being adapted to local foreign needs and conditions.
India. The international science activities of NSF were highlighted during
fiscal 1967 by the implementation of a project initially undertaken in
March 1966. AID asked NSF to assist in the formulation and administration
of an AID-financed cooperative program for the improvement of science
education in India. The 1967 Summer Institutes in India for College and
Secondary Teachers composed the thrust of the new program in 1967. A total
of 172 consultants was selected by NSF from 898 candidates. One hundred
sixty-three served in 100 institutes, three as short-term supervisors in
NSF's New Delhi office and six as visiting lecturers.
The concept for the program grew out of a series of summer institutes for
college and secondary school teachers which had been supported by AID and
the Government of India for the previous 4 years. On the basis of this
experience, it was decided that the minimum duration of the program should
be 5 years and that within this period the main elements of the binational
effort would consist of:
Further training in both subject matter and methods for
school and college science teachers and the provision of
supporting services to them;
Creation, adaptation, production, introduction, and distri-
bution of improved instructional materials, devices, and
methods, and the development and testing of modern courses
and curricula at school and college levels;
Development of improved instructinal programs of schools
and colleges which will reflect the best of current practices,
and which will provide for faculty and facility development,
and for special attention to gifted students.
Latin America. Under a Participating Agency Service Agreement with AID,
NSF in 1963 initiated a Science education improvement program with the five
national universities of Central America (Costa Rica, Nicaragua, Honduras,
- 157 -
El Salvador, and Guatemala). These universities, joined in November 1966
by the national university of Panama, are grouped in a regional association
called the Superior Council of Central American Universities (CSUCA), with
which NSF works directly.
During the 1967 fiscal year, staff training of Central American university
professors of biology, chemistry, physics, and mathematics continued to be
a principal activity of the NSF/AID program. Seven in-service seminars
of 3 to 6 weeks duration were held with a total participation of more than
150 staff members. In addition, 11 professors from the national univer-
sities were in academic-year programs in the United States and Puerto Rico.
To conduct the in-service seminars and to offer advisory services on
curriculum planning and other aspects of science education, the NSF/AID
program maintained a small scientific and administrative staff in San Jcse,
Costa Rica. These persons were available for service throughout the
Central America . Panama area.
International Organizations
International nongovernmental scientific organizations, through sponsorship
of international meetings and conferences, provide a forum for scientists
from all over the world to gather for the exchange of research results,
papers, and new ideas, activities which are vitally necessary to the work
of scientists. Because of the worldwide expansion of scientific effort
and the broader extent of scientific problems to be solved, these organi-
zations are also needed as a means for coordination and interaction in
international scientific activities. NSF provides support for the partici-
pation of U.S. scientists involved in 25 or so nongovernmental international
scientific organizations. This support is channeled principally through
the National Academy of Sciences, which,as the U.S. adherent to most of
these international organizations (such as the International Council of
Scientific Unions and the Pacific Science Association), establishes
representative U.S. committees.
Sone international governmental institutions, such as the Organization
for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) and UNESCO, have significant
scientific components in their overall program. From time to time, U.S.
agencies, including NSF, are cooperatively involved with these organizations
in activities of a scientific nature. As appropriate, NSF coordinates
U.S. participation in OECD scientific activities in cooperation with the
Department of State.
- 158 -
POST OFFICE DEPARTMENT
The Post Office Department was officially established as an executive
department in 1872, although it had been regarded as a Department for
many years.
While the original purpose of the Postal System was to provide "the best
means of establishing posts for conveying letters and intelligencethrough this continent," the Post Office Department was ultimately en-
larged to include several services. Among the more important developments,
in the order of their establishment, were postage stamps, registered mail,
railway mail service, city delivery service, postal money orders, foreign
money orders, special delivery, rural delivery, postal savings, village
delivery, parcel post, air mail, and certified mail.
International Activities
The Department represents the United States in the Universal Postal Union.
During fiscal year 1967, 120 foreign visitors representing 35 different
countries visited the Department to observe its operations. Some came as
a result of direct requests by foreign postal administrations, others
came under the sponsorship of the Department of State, AID, the United
Nations, and the Universal Postal Union, Periods of study varied from
1 week to I year. Areas of study included: overall postal operations,
questioned documents examination, financial management, personnel adminis-
tration, regional and field installation activities, mechanized postal
operations, and other specialized areas.
- 159 -
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
The Smithsonian Institution was created by an Act of Congress in 1846,
but it owes its origin to a bequest of James Smithson, an English scientist
and prominent member of the Royal Society of London, who in 1829 left his
entire estate to the United States of America "tofound at Washington,
under the name of the Smithsonian Institution, an establishment for the
increase and diffusion of knowledge among men." Today, the Smithsonian
Institution is comprised of a number of well-known museums and art galler-
ies, including both the United States National Museum and the National
Gallery of Art, and of a number of equally active research institutes and
research programs, both at home and abroad.
The Smithsonian staff of over 300 professional scholars and scientists
includes many whose primary research interests are international in scope.
Smithsonian scholars work in all parts of the world. Through various
grants, fellowship, research, and exchange programs in the museum-based
sciences and in other areas of traditional Smithsonian interest, the
Institution also sponsors both the work of American scholars from other
institutions abroad as well as the work of foreign scholars in this country
who utilize the resources of the Smithsonian's unparalleled collections
in carrying out their own research. Since 1965, for example, under the
authority of the U.S. Congress, the Smithsonian has been awarding grants
in local currencies to American institutions of higher learning to carry
out basic research in anthropology and in systematic and environmental
biology in countries where the United States holds such currencies
(arising from the sale of agricultural products) in excess of its normal
needs.
Through its exhibits, publications, expeditions, collections, and
exchanges, the Smithsonian Institution has become known throughout the
world for its contributions to scholarship and basic scientific research.
Such well-known Smithsonian symposia as "Knowledge Among Men" and
"The Quality of Man's Environment" bring scholars of international emi-
nence from abroad annually to participate along with equally distinguished
American colleagues. These symposia have attracted wide international
attention and are commemorated by the publication of outstanding volumes
which have resulted from their proceedings.
-Legally, the Smithsonian Institution is an "establishment" having as its*members
the President of the United States, the Vice President, the
Chief Justicp, and the members of the President's Cabinet. It is governed
by a Board of Regents consisting of the Chief Justice, the Vice President,
three members each from the Senate and the House of Representatives, and
six other U.S. citizens appointed by a joint resolution of Congress. The
Secretary of the Institution is its chief executive officer and director
of activities.
- 160 -
The Smithsonian Institution receives an annual appropriation from the
Congress for the maintenance of its public functions, but, in the'strict
sense, it is not an agency of the U.S. Government. In addition to its
original private endowment, it holds and administers a number of special
funds for specific scientific research or other purposes stipulated by
the donors.
The major bureaus, offices, and activities of the Smithsonian Institution
are as follows:
United States National Museum, including:
Museum of Natural HistoryMuseum of History and TechnologySmithsonian Traveling Exhibition Service
Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory
Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute
National Air and Space MuseumNational Zoological ParkRadiation Biology LaboratoryOffice of Education and TrainingOffice of International Activities
Special Foreign Currency ProgramNational Gallery of ArtNational Collection of Fine Arts
National Portrait GalleryFreer Gallery of ArtJohn F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts
International Exchange ServiceScience Information ExchangeNational Armed Forces MuseuM Advisory Board
Those bureaus and offices of the Smithsonian with significant international
activities are discussed under the following headings:
United States National Museum
The United States National Museum, the largest depository of the U.S.
national collections, is made up of the Museum of Natural History and the
Museum of History and Technology. The latter has offices specializing in
science and technology, arts and manufactures, civil history, armed forces
history, growth of the United States, and American studies. With the
newest building in the Smithsonian complex of museums and galleries, the
Museum of History and Technology is the regular site where chiefs of state
and other distinguished visitors to the United States are welcomed to the
Smithsonian.
The Museum of Natural History has offices in ecology, oceanography and
- 161 -
limnology, anthropology, vertebrate zoology, invertebrate zoology,
' entomology, botany, paleobiology, and mineral sciences. Scientists in
each of these departments pursue active research interests abroad. For
example, the Museum's Office of Oceanography and Limnology operates
marine sorting centers in both Washington, D.C., and Tunis, Tunisia,
from which marine specimens are sent to competent scientific investiga-
tors all over the world. The Office of Anthropology,famed for a century
for its work on the American Indians, now sponsors or undertakes work
in archeology, physical anthropology, ethnology, 'and linguistics in all
parts of the world. The Smithsonian's program of "urgent anthropology"
aims to study and document disappearing traditional cultures which are
breaking up under the impact of technology and the modern world. The
Office of Ecology conducts surveys and sponsors research leading to a
long-term understanding of man's life in his environment and to better
conservation of the resources of the earth. It is a focal point for
Smithsonian participation in the International Biological Program (IBP).
Staff members from both thuseums conduct field work in locations around
the world. Many outside investigators, including many from foreign
countries, make use of the museums' extensive collections in their studies.
Smithsonian Traveling Exhibition Service
The Smithsonian Traveling Exhibition Service, which also operates under
the auspices of the United States National Museum, organizes, assembles,
and circulates inthe,United States, Canada, and occasionally in other
countries speciaf-exhibitions of artistic and technical material to promote
understanding of common cultural experiences and to encourage the appreci-
ation and creation of fine arts, crafts, science, and history. About 100
exhibitions are in circulation to schools, galleries, museums, and other
educational and cultural organizations. Close to 40 percent of these
exhibits originate in foreign countries, and have included well-known
exhibits such as Durer drawings from Cermany, Henry Moore sculpture from
England, art treasures from Turkey, Roman and Byzantine mosaics from
Tunisia.
Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory
Scientists from the world over join their U.S. counterparts at the
Observatory in Cambridge, Massachusetts, in performing research in astron-
omy, astrophysicsond geophysics. Satellite and astronomical data are
collected by observing stations, in cooperation with host country insti-
tutions in 10 foreign countries; this data is supplemented by that from
a network of amateur astronomers in 25 countries called Mgoonwatch."
Two international bureaus are located at the Observatory: The Central
Bureau for Satellite Geodesy stimulates and sustains international cooper-
ation through exchange of information; and the Central Bureau for Astro-
nomical Telegrams rapidly disseminates information on astronomical dis-
<5,
- 162 -
coveries to astronomers of the world.
Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute (STRI),formerly the Canal Zone
Biological Area, is responsible for maintaining Barro Colorado Island in
Gatun Lake, near the center of Panama, as a biological preserve. The
island is almost completely covered by wet monsoon forest and has been
protected from disturbance for approximately 45 years. The STRI staff
conducts research on several groups of animals and plants on Barro
Colorado itself, in adjacent regions of the Canal Zone and the Republic
of Panama, and in other parts of Central and South America. Facilities
for research on marine biology are also open at Fort Amador on the Pacific
coast and at Galeta Island on the Atlantic cost. STRI facilities are
available for use by scientists and students from all over the world. A
program established with the Organization of American States (aAs) pro-
vides support for scholars, especially Latin American scholars., working
at the Institute.
National Air and Space Museum
The Museum is the repository for such craft as the Wright brothers' 1903
Flyer, Lindbergh's "The Spirit of Saint Louis," and John Glenn's "Friend-
ship 7" space capsule, but the orientation tmdard such famous "firsts"
has been expanded to incorporate programs designed to yield scientificinformation and education in this period of rapidly expanding aerospace
technology. The Museum maintains close association with other aeronau-tical museums, both in this country and abroad, and also works closelywith many professional scientific and historical societies.
National Zoological Park
The National "Zoo" is a landmark in the Nation's capital for both tourists
and residents. Its involvement in international activities includes funda-mental research to conserve rare and endangered species, and participationin agreements to restrict traffic in illegally procured animals and to
promote interzoo breeding arrangements. Members of the staff of the Zoo
participate in numerous international scientific and conservation groups.
Office of Education and Trainina
The programs of the Office of Education and Training include those directly
related to Smithsonian research in science, history, and the arts, and to
.those related to the exhibit and public education function of the museums.The Office provides research appointments for postdoctoral scholars and
scientists, for graduate students, and for undergraduates. In many cases
foreign scholars have been the beneficiaries of these appointments, which
make the enormous resources of the Stithsonian, both in collections and in
trained professional staff, available to the world scholarly and scien-
tific community.
- 163 -
Office of International Activities
The expanding scope of Smithsonian involvement in activities abroad ledin March 1966 to the establishment of an Office of International Activities
to serve as a point of coordination for the Institution's diversified pro-
grams overseas. The Office also advises the State Department's Bureau ofEducational and Cultural Affairs and other Federal and private organizationson promising candidates for international exchange programs in fields ofSmithsonian competence, and also sponsors a small exchange programA itsown for foreign scholars or museum curators who benefit from study at the
Smithsonian and kindred organizations.
Within the Office of International Activities has been established theSmithsonian Foreign Currency Program, a program of grants for basic scien-tific research by American institutions of higher learning in anthropologyand the biological sciences in certain countries where the United Statesowns foreign currencies in excess of its needs, generated by the sale of
agricultural commodities. The Congress of the United States has declaredthat U.S.-owned reserves of such foreign currencies may be used withinthese countries "...to conduct research and support scientific activitiesoverseas including programs and projects of scientific cooperation between
the United States and other countries." At the present time, countrieswhere the Smithsonian Institution may provide such research support are:the United Arab Republic, Israel, Poland, Yugoslavia, Tunisia, India,Pakistan, Ceylon, Burma, Guinea, and Democratic Republic of the Congo.
Projects supported to date include the excavation of biblical cities inIsrael, "X-raying" the Egyptian pyramids, the establishment of a marinebiology center in Tunisia, and the American Academy of Benares in India.
The Foreign Currency Grant Program considers proposals for research inanthropology and certain of the biological sciences. For purposes of theprogram, the Smithsonian defines anthropology as the study of man in itsbroadest sense, to include archeology, prehistory, physical anthropology,ethnology, and linguistics. The biological sciences with which the Smith-sonian is most concerned are systematic and environmental biology.
National Gallery of Art
The National Gallery of Art (under direction of its own Board of Trustees)is a bureau of the Smithsonian Institution created by a joint resolutionof Congress approved March 24, 1937. It was a result of the late Andrew W.Mellon's gift of his important collection of works of art and of a monu-
mental gallery building. The National Gallery of Art now has several dis-tinguished collections, including paintings, sculpture, prints and drawings,
and items of decorative art. Many of its works are by the great European
masters of the 13th to the 19th century, but included are works from other-
nations and cultures as well.
-
-164-
National Collection of Fine Arts
This art gallery, sharing greatly enlarged new quarters in the 19th century
classical revival Old Patent Office Building with another bureau of the
Smithsonian, the National Potrait Gallery, aims to foster public apprecia-
tion of art and to encourage creative expression by living American artists.
It also has collections by foreign masters. The Collection's International
Art Program plans, assembles, and sends overseas exhibits of fine and deco-
rative American arts (this program was formerly a responsibility of the
United States Information Agency).
The National Collection of Fine Arts also advises the Department of State
on its Art-in-Embassies program, and on the loan of Museum and gallery
objects.
Freer Gallery_f Art
The Freer Gallery is coacerned primarily with the arts of Asia. The build-
ing, the collection it houses, and an endowment fund were the gift of
Charles Lang Freer. Under the terms of his will the Gallery, since its
opening in 1923, has added to the Far Eastern and Near Eastern ColleCtions
of bronze, glass, jade, lacquer, manuscripts, metalwork, paintings, pottery,
and sculpture. The work of the staff has been devoted primarily to research
and publication in the history of the civilizations represented by its
colleztions.
John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts
Three U.S. Presidents have played a direct, personal role in the Center,
which was originally authorized as a National Cultural Center under Presi-
dent Eisenhower. Following the death of President Kennedy, a spontaneousmovement developed to make the Cultural Center, in which he had taken
such a close personal interest, his sole official memorial in, the Nation's
capital. President Johnson incorporated this sentiment in an Administra-
tion request to Congress passed in 1964. When completed the Center will
provide a fitting home for training in and performance of music, dramatic,
and film arts from the world over.
International Exchange Service
The Service was established in 1850 to distribute the publications of the
Smithsonian to scientific and learned institutions abroad. In 1851, the
Smithsonian permitted other learned organizations in the United States
to transmit their publications through the Service to foreign countries.
In 1886, in Brussels, a formal agreement was ratified by eight nations for
the exchange between countries of government, scientific, and literary
publications. The Smithsonian Institution was recognized as the official
agency of the United States for the international exchange of publications.
- 165 -
The Service accepts addressed packages of publications from libraries,scientific societies, and educational institutions in the United Statesfor transmission to similar organizations in foreign countries, and inreturn receives addressed publications from foreign sources for distri-bution in the United States.
- 166 -
TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY
The Tennessee Valley Authority (TVA) is a Government-awned corporation
established in 1933 to assist in the unified development of the Tennessee
Valleys natural resources. The TVA multiple-use system of more than
two dozen major reservoirs has provided substantial flood control on the
Tennessee River, made the mainstream a part of the national inland water-
way system, and constructed a power generating and transmission system
supplying low-cost electricity to more than 150 local electric systems,
defense installations, and industry. Streamflow control is combined with
water control on the land through agricultural and forestry development
activities. In cooperation with the fertilizer industry and the Nation's
land-grant ,I:olleges, TVA operates the National Fertilizer Development
Center at Muscle Shoals, Alabama, for developing and demonstrating im-
proved plant foods. TVA also works with State and local governments in
other resource-related programs, such as recreation development and local
flood-damage reduction.
More than 2,500 foreign representatives, ranging from students to high
government officials, visited TVA during fiscal year 1967. About 75 of
them were trainees who spent varied periods from several weeks to several
months in close study of many aspects of the TVA program. Approximately
40 percent of TVA's visitors were sponsored, directly or indirectly, by
the Agency for International Development (AID). During the 1967 fiscal
year visitors represented 118 countries, with the Republic of China,
Brazil, and Japan sending the greatest number.
TVA Resources Development Seminars are offered, usually during .the
summer months, when supporting agencies have sufficient nominations to
justify them. Seven such seminars have been held since the first was
conducted in 1961. The last seminar of this kind was held in June-
August 1965. Since 1964 these seminars have 1,-,een conducted jointly by
TVA and the University of Tennessee. Participants spend about 9 weeks
in the region with the time equally divided between TVA and the Univer-
sity. The seminar consists of a non-credit course in economic develop-
ment theory conducted by the University, followed by the TVA program
which demonstrates the practical application of theory to a specific
region. AID is the principal cooperating agency in the seminars with
other governmental and private programming agencies submitting nominations
until a maximum of 20 is reached.
Some 500 foreign representatives visited the National Fertilizer Develop-
ment Center in 1967. TVA presented a special 8-week training course in
fertilizer production and distribution problems of developing nations
to 40 representatives from six nations. This was part of a 4-month
fertilizer technology c:ourse organized by the Department of Agriculture
for AID.
- 167 -
At the request of AID, TVA conducted a world-wide survey of prospectivefertilizer production capacity and compared it with prospective world
needs; provided test amounts of a new fertilizer material which holdspromise for rice-growing to several nations where rice is a basic food
crop; and sent teams of fertilizer technicians to four developing nations
for varying periods.
TVA water resource and local development specialists continued to assistin planning for the Mekong River Resources Development Project.
- 168 -
TREASURY DEPARTMENT
By an act dated September 2, 1789, the first session of the U. S.
Congress established the Department of the Treasury. That act which
remains the Department's operating authority directed the Department to
superintend and manage the national finances. However, with the expansion
of the country and its financial structure, frequent revisions and amend-
ments to the Act have so broadened the scope of the Treasury Department
that it now embraces a number of diversified bureaus, divisions, and
offices. Many new duties have been delegated to its charge. The follow-
ing bureaus and offices are included in the present Treasury organization:
Office of the Secretary, Office of International Affairs, Bureau of the
Mint, Fiscal Service Bureaus, Office of Comptroller, Internal Revenue
Service, U.S. Secret Service, Bureau of Narcotics, Bureau of Customs,
and the Bureau of Engraving and Printing.
The Department's sphere of action extends beyond the continential limits
of the United States. Treasury representatives are on duty at the U.S.
Embassies in the major world capitals. Special overseas missions are
established from time to time to handle specific projects. The principal
international activities of Treasury bureaus and offices are described in
the following paragraphs.
Office of the Assistant Secretary for International Affairs
The Office of the Assistant Secretary for International Affairs is composed
of the following eight constituent offices, each headed by a Director:
Office of Latin America; Office of Industrial Nations; Office of Developing
Nations; Office of Balance of Payments Programs, Operations and Statistics;
Office of International Policy Coordination and Operations; Office of Inter-
national Gold and Foreign Exchange Operations; Office of International
Economic Activities; and Office of Administration, Exchange Stabilization
Fund. In addition to the Assistant Secretary, there is a Deputy Assistant
Secretary and two Deputies to the Assistant Secretary, one for inter-
national monetary affairs and a second for international financial and
economic affairs.
The Assistant Secretary, with the assistance of his staff of international
economists, advises and assists the Secretary of the Treasury and other
senior departmental officials, in cooperation with other Government depart-
ments, in the formulation and execution of the foreign economic policy of
the United States. These responsibilities include all aspects of the
Government's economic and financial relations with foreign governments
and in particular such matters as the balance of payments problems and
policies of the United States; international monetary policy; gold and
foreign exchange arrangements and agreements; the General Arrangements
to Borrow; the operations of the International Monetary Fund, the Inter-
-i69-
national Bank for Reconstruction and Development and its affiliates, the
Inter-American Development Bank, and the Asian Development Bank; foreignlending and assistance programs; the Exchange Stabilization Fund; and theactivities of the National Advisory Council on International Monetary and
Financial Policies.
The Office makes continuing studies of the domestic and foreign economicpolicies of foreign countries and their impact on the United States. The
Office participates in the continuing, discussion of foreign economic policy
in the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development. It also
studies the legislation and policy of foreign countries relating to finance,gold and foreign exchange, exchange rates and exchange controls, capitalmarketsond other relevant matters. The Office advises the Secretary oninternational financial aspects of matters arising in connection with theTariff Act and other legislation administered by the Treasury Department,as well as on such aspects of matters arising under legislation adminis-tered by other departments and agencies. The Office acts for the Treasuryon the financial aspects of international treaties, agreementstand organi-zations in which the United States participates. It also participates innegotiations with foreign governments regarding matters included withinits responsibilities.
The Office advises Treasury officials and other Government agencies-con-cerning exchange rates and other financial problems encountered inoperations involving foreign currencies. In particular, it advises theState Department and the Department of Defense in financial mattersrelated to their normal operations in foreign countries and the specialfinancial problems arising from defense preparations and military opera-tions.
To assist in discharging its responsibilities the Office maintainsTreasury representatives abroad who act as financial advisers in thediplomatic missions. The Office directs and coordinates their activities.
Bureau of Customs
The Bureau of Customs maintains regional offices in Rome and Tokyo, withsubordinate offices in Hong Kong, Mexico City, Montreal, London, Paris,
and Frankfurt. These offices are staffed by 27 American employees and13 local employees and are attached to embassies or consulates as the
case may be. The activities of these offices are coordinated with those
of the Department of State at the post conterned9'under the guidance ofthe principal officer.
The Bureau of Customs overseas offices perform the following functions:
An informational service for foreign exporters.
- 170 -
American importers and the general public as toAmerican customs requirements.
An intelligence service as to actual or potentialviolations of laws administered by customs.
A technical service in securing information as tosales prices, trade practices, manufacturing methodsand costs, and related matters for use in determiningthe valuation, tariff classification, and status ofimportation, under the Tariff Act of 1930 and theAnti-Dumping Act.
Representatives of the Bureau of Customs participate on a regular basisas members of the United States delegations, or as official observers
at meetings of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, Intergovern-mental Maritime Consultative Organization, International Civil AviationOrganization, International Air Transport Association, Inter-AmericanPort and Harbor Conference, Economic Commission for the Far East, CustomsCooperation Council, an6 the International Criminal Police Organization.
In addition to the above enumerated activities, the Bureau of Customs,
under contractual arrangements with the Agency for International Develop-
ment of the Department of State, provides technical assistance to the
customs services of developing nations. This service, under the Assistant
to the Commissioner, Foreign Customs Assistance, is in the form of surveys
to evaluate procedures and systems of the host country's customs service
with recommendations as to how these may be changed to modernize and increase
efficiency and customs revenues. In many instances, the Bureau of Customsprovides an advisory team to serve in the host country for the periodrequired to implement the recommended changes.
Since September of 1965 when this activity began, the Bureau of Customs
has conducted surveys in 20 countries in Africa, Middle East, South EastAsia, Far Eastond Latin America. As of May 1, 1966, there were advisory
teams in Viet-NamsPanama, Chile, Liberia, Afghanistan, Costa Rica,and the
Regional Office of the Central American Project at Guatemala.
The Bureau of Customs also provides training in the United States for
participants from developing nations. This training consists of schedul-
ed courses for foreign customs officers at the U.S. Customs School in
Laredo, Texas, plus specialized training in customs administratian,classi-
fication, value, inspection and control of merchandise, collection of
dutiessand law enforcement. The latter training is usually given to
participants at border, sea,or airport which simulates conditions in the
customs officer's native land.
- 171 -
Treasury Law Enforcement SChool
The Treasury Law Enforcement School, established in 1927, providestraining for the six Treasury law enforcement activities, and lawenforcement personnel of other agencies and governments, includingFederal, State, municipal, and foreign. Since 1957, the school hasprovided training for 120 foreign personnel. The training providedthese foreign officials was the six-week basic course in enforcementlaw and criminal investigation, which is attended by all Treasury.enforcement agents. The students came from Ecuador, Greece, Iceland,Indonesia, Iran, Japan, Philippines, Syria, Turkey, Afghanistan, El
Salvador, Jordan, Liberia, Honduras, Libya, Panama, Peru, Tunisia,VietiiNam, Lebanon, Colombia, Iraq, Somalia, Brazil, Ethiopia, Korea,Surinam, Thailand, Costa Rica, and the United Arab Republic.
Of the group of 120 students, 105 were sponsored by AID and thepredecessor agency, ICA; the remainder of the group was sponsored bytheir own governments or by the United Nations.
Internal Revenue SerVice
In cooperation With the Agency for International Development (AID), and
under the authority of the Act for Intelnational Development of 1961,
the Service has undertaken a comprehensive and long-range program toassist develbping countries in the improvement of their tax administra-
tion. An Inter-Agency Agreement entered into between the TreasuryDepartment and AID establishes lines of responsibility and proceduresthrough which the IRS, in cooperation with AID, furnishes the technical
resources necessary to assist the cooperating countries in modernizing
their tax administrations.
To organize and direct this program, the Foreign Tax Assistance.Staff
was activated in September 1962, in order to meet the growing responsi-
bilities of the Interngl Revenue Service to assist Latin American andother governments in strengthening their tax administrations. The
primary mission of this Staff, which is situated in the immediate Office
of the Commissioner of Internal Revenue, is to spearhead for the Service
a comprehensive program under which carefully selected IRS and other
tax specialists are made available to countries requesting assistance
in the tax administration field. Actions taken as a part of the program
include:
The conduct of comprehensive surveys of the tax administrations
of participating countries and the preparation of reports
setting forth recommendations for long-range programs for
modernization and improvement.
the assignment to participating countries of both long and
- 172 -
short-term advisors to assist in the implementation of
such modernization plans.
The conduct of orientation and training programs in the
United States for foreign tax officials.
To promote the self-help tenet of the Alliance for ?rogress, the pri-
mary initial empnasis of the program has been placed in Latin America.
Since the first long-range tax modernization project was started in
Chile in 1962, fifteen other countries of Latin America have asked for
long-range assistance. Similarly, in support of U.S. policy in other
parts of the world, long-range assistance teams have been requested by
and assigned to India, South Korea, the Philippines, Turkeyond South
Viet-Nam.
Thus, under the AID-Treasury Agreement, IRS has organized, trainedvand
assigned some 21 teams of tax technicians to foreign countries that have
requested assistance. As of May 31, 1967, seventy-nine long-term ad-
visors were overseas. The teams operate as part of the AID Missions
in the host countries, with their base of operations in the local
Ministries of Finance and tax agencies.
The central objective of the IRS tax advisory teams is the modernizing
and strengthening of tax administratfon in the host country. This covers
the full range of tax administration programs that are essential in
developed as well as developing countries - examination of tax returns,
collection of taxes, taxpayer education and assistance, training,
organization, enforcement, and improvement of processing of paper and
data by manual, mechanical,and automated electronic methods.
Policy issues such as tax rates, types of taxesond distribution of the
tax burden are beyond the scope of the IRS tax administration assistance
program, except to the extent that particular issues within these broad
areas have tax administration implications. These are issues an which
many developing countries tend to seek outside advice - if needed - from
other sources.
The mission of each tax advisory team is to encourage the development
by the host government officials of an institutional capability to shape,
for themselves, modern methods, techniques, procedures, programs,
attitudestand organizations. The country programs are tailored to the
specific requirements and conditions of each country.
In addition to the long-term advisory teams overseas, IRS has provided
since 1963 some 94 short-term missions to 19 countries. The short-term
missions generally support the long-term teams in such specialized areas
as automatic data processing, statisticstand other specialized functions
that may not be within the competence of the long-term advisors.
-I.1,19.7,11 v
-173-
Since December 1961, the Service has annually provided training and
orientation to some 300 foreign tax officials at the managerial and
decision-making level in the United States. In fiscal year 1967
officials from some 60 nations visited various offices of the Internal
Revenue service. The training of foreign tax officials in the United
States.is ,,Lrovided through the International Tax Administration Training
Series (INT,1X) and other courses especially. designed for individual tax
officials ',it% special interests. The INTAX course classes consist of
about 15-20 foreign tax officials from 8-10 countries. The courses
are offered in the language of the participants, usually Spanish, on
a regularly scheduled basis. Classes are held in basic tax administra-
tion subjects such as audit, collection, training, taxpayer relations,
and assistance as well as in systems analysis, supervisory techniques,
and so forth.
Additionally, specially designed programs are arranged for individual
tax officials, or groups of about two to five. Included in this category
are officials, some of Cabinet rank, who are in the United States for
some other reason, such as to attend conferences or to.study.
An important innovation in training is provided through IRS Mobile
Training Teams which give intensive on-site training in foreign countries
to auditors and collection officers and, concurrently, to train local
instructors to carry on this type of training. Instruction is given:,
in Spanish, to local officials charged with tax law enforcement. The
courses, which last for about six to eight weeks, are oriented to laws,
conditions, and problems peculiar to the country. The courses include
such topics as the principles of accounting, audit techniques, report
writing, canvassing and collection methodsond promotion of proper re-
lationships with taxpayers.
Bureau of Narcotics
The Bureau of Narcotics administers and enforces the Federal laws
governing narcotic drugs and marihuana and carries out the responsibi-
lities of the Government under international conventions and protocols
relating to these drugs. Currently, the Bureau of Narcotics participates
in the United Nations Commission on Narcotic Drugs; participates as an
observer in the Central Treaty Organization (CENTO); and, as a member of
the U.S. Delegation, participates in illicit narcotic traffic discussions
at the annual general assembly conferences of the International Criminal
Police Organization.
In foreign countries, the Bureau of Narcotics maintains di.strict head-
quarters offices in Rome, Italy; Bangkok, Thailand; and Mexico City,
Mexico. Branch offices have been established in Beirut, Lebanon;
Istanbul, Turkey; Paris and Marseille, France; Lima, Peru; Seoul, Korea;
Hong Kong; and Singapore. In addition to the functional responsibilities
- 174 -
of obtaining information abroad concerning the smuggling of illicit
narcotics and drugs intended for delivery in the United States, these
offices provide information and technical advice to the host foreign
governments, at their request.
Since 1956, foreign officials from 39 countries have been included in
a two-week training course conducted by the Bureau of Narcotics Training
School, which is operated and maintained principally for American law
enforcement officials. The foreign officials have been sponsored by
the United Nations, the International Association of Chiefs of Police,
AID, and HEW. Some were sponsored by their own governments. Foreign
officials also partkcipate in seminars conducted by the Bureau of
Narcotics on the enforcement of the criminal laws, and controls of the
legal trade for medical needs. On-the-job training, both in the United
States and abroad, also has been provided for foreign officials since
1956. This training varies from a few weeks to a few months, depending
upon the type of training desired.
- 175 -
ABBREVIATIONS
AEC Atomic Energy CommissionAID Agency for International DevelopmentARPA Advanced Research Projects Agency (DOD)
BIC Bureau of International Commerce
CAB Civil Aeronautics BoardCAO Cultural Akfairs Officer (USIA-State)CB Children's Bureau (HEW)
CENTO Central Treaty OrganizationCIB International Council for BuildingCINVA Inter-American Center for Housing and Planning (OAS)
COSPAR Committee on Space Research (NASA)
CPAO Country Public Affairs Officer; also PAO (USIA)
CSUCA Superior Council of Central American Universities (AID)
CU Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs (State)
DLI Defense Language Institute (DOD)DOD Department of DefenseDOLITAC Department of Labor Technical Assistance CorpsESOL English for Speakers of Other Languages (NDEA-HEW)
ESSA Environmental Science Service Administration (Commerce)
FAA Federal Aviation Administration (Transportation)FAO Food and Agriculture Organization (U.N.)
FAR Foreign Area Research Coordination Group (State)
FAS Foreign Agricultural Service (USDA)FCC Federal Communications CommissionFDA Food and Drug Administration (HEW)FHA Federal Housing Administration (HUD)HEW Department of Health, Education, and Welfare; also DHEW
HSA Office of Health Statistics Analysis (HEW)
HUD Department of Housing and Urban DevelopmentIAA International Aerospace Abstracts (NASA)
IADS International Agricultural Development Service (USDA)
IAEA International Atomic Energy Agency
IBP International Biological Program (Smithsonian)IBS (International) Broadcasting Service (VOA-USIA)
ICAO International Civil Aviation Organization
ICCIR International Radio Consultative Committee
ICIMP Interagency Committee for International Meteorological Programs
ICPE International Conference on Public Education (HEW-UNESCO)
ICS Information Center Service (USIA)ICSU International Council of Scientific Unions
IFRB International Frequency Registration Board
IGIA Interagency Group on International Aviation
IIE Institute of International EducationIGY International Geophysical Year
ILAB Bureau of International Labor Affairs (Labor)
ILO International Labor Organization
IMCO Intergovernmental Maritime Consultative Organization
IMV (International) Motion Picture and Television Service (USIA)
- 176 -
IOC Intergovernmental Oceanographic Commission
IOS International Organizations Staff (USDA)
IPS (International) Press and Publications Service(USIA)
IRS Internal Revenue Service (Treasury)
ISSA International Social Security Association
ITU International Telecommunication Union
MAAGs Military Assistance Advisory Groups (DOD)
MAP Military Assistance Program (DOD)
NAFSA National Association for Foreign Student Affairs
NASA National Aeronautics and Space Administration
NATO North Atlantic Treaty Organization
NBS National Bureau of Standards (Commerce)
NDEA National Defense Education Act (HEW)
NIH National Institutes of Health (HEW)
NIMH National Institute of Mental Health (HEW)
NSF National Science Foundation
OAS Organization of American States
OECD Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development
OIH Office of International Health (HEW)
PAHO Pan American Health Organization
PAO Public Affairs Officer (USIA-State)
PASA Participating Agency Service Agreement (AID)
PC Peace Corps
PHS U.S. Public Health Service (HEW)
P.L. Public Law
PPBS Planning, Programming and Budgeting System
SCI International Scientific and Technological Affairs (State)
SEATO Southeast Asia Treaty Organization
SPP School Partnership Program (PC)
SSA Social Security Administration (HEW)
STRI Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute
TVA Tennessee Valley Authority
U.N. United Nations
UNESCO United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization
UNICEF United Nations Children's Fund
USCAR U.S. Civil Administration of the Ryukyu Islands (DOD)
USDA U.S. Department of Agriculture
USIA U.S. Information Agency
USIS U.S. Information Service (representing USIA overseas)
USOE U.S. Office of Education; also OE (HEW)
USTS U.S. Travel Service (Commerce)
VOA Voice of America (IBS-USIA)
VRA Vocational Rehabilitation Administration (HEW)
WA Welfare Administration (HEW)
WHO World Health Organization
WMO World Meteorological Organization
WWW World Weather Watch
- 177 -
Advisory Bodies, Interagency(See Committees, Interdepart-mental)
Advisory Bodies, Public (SeePublic Advisory Bodies)
Africa (See Countries, foreign)Agreements, International,..13-14,
19-20,47,49,56,65,70-73,76,7880-81,83,85,87,94-96,101-102,107,119,125,128-129,132-134,137-138,142-146,153-155,162,164,168-169
Agreements, inter-departmental,14,22,26,58,70,72-74,76,78-7983-85,90,98-99,109,113-114,118,128,156,170-172
Agreements, Other,..4,9,38,96Agriculture,..9,24,27,30,34,41,
89,91-92,113Alliance for Progress (See Latin
America)American Association of Collegiate
Registrars and AdmissionsOfficers,..55
American Association of PortAuthorities,..110
American Council on Education,12,88
American Council of LearnedSocieties (ACLS),..152
American Federation of Labor,Federal Maritime Committee,110
American Library Association,..57
INDEX
Banks:Asian Development,..169Inter-American Development,..169World,..139,168-169Other,..132,139
Board of Foreign Scholarships,..13-14Books and Publishing,..3,5-6,9,12-13,
21,36-38,48,55,63-64,66-67,93,97-99,111,114,121,124,131,140-142,144,146-147,151-152,156,159,164
British Commonwealth Nurse ScholarshipFund,..74-75
Business, Finance and Tradel..18,23,42,87,89-90,93-99,107-112,117-118,122,133,136,139,168-170 (See alsoCenters, Trade; Fairs, Trade;and Missions, Trade)
Canada (See Countries, foreign)Centers:
Binational Educational.37-38East-West (Center for Culturaland Technical Interchange betweenEast and West),..9,12,41Health and Medical (HEW),..71-81Informztion,..36-38Language and Area,..5,55,57,60Trade,..90,94-95United States Educational,..5,18,
49,55-57,59,75United States Research,..143-144,
161
Foreign Research,..5,45,56,74,American Merchant Marine Institute, 80-81,161
108 Other,..4,8,18,29,34,46,84-85,88,American Studies,..4-5,10,15,36, 96,102-103,114-115,150,166
59,160 Central Treaty Organization (CENTO),Area Studies, foreign,..5-6,55, 20,23,173
57-61 Child health and welfare,..65,67-69,Arts, Performing (See Performing Arts) 73,76Arts (See Humanities) Commissions:Association for Asian Studies,
152Athletics and sports,..8-9,12,17Atomic Energy,..19,82-86
Binational educational,..4-5,13,16,99-100
Foreign,..11Inter-departmental,..53
- 178 -
Commissions:Inter-governmental,..98-101,
106-107,114,119,144,170United States,..11-12,18,53,
62,67,70,74,110,115,147Committee for International Coop-
eration in Information RetrievalAmong Examining Pa,..ent Offices
(ICIREPAT),..107Committees:
Inter-departmental,..3,12-13,18-19,20,44,52-53,87,103,108,110-111,118-119,137
Other,..11-12,33,61,69,114-115Communications:
General,..19,36-38,41,100-104,106,112,125,129,134,136-138,145-146,150,152
Radio,..37,41,100,102,106,125,136-138,150,152
Telecommunications,..100,129,134
Television,..36-38,41,146,150,152
Voice of America,..35-38Community Development,..30,34,42,
49,68,99,113-115,117,120Conference Board of Associated
Research Councils,..14Conferences:
In the United States,..9,21,75,77,80,84,105,173
International,..6,44,52-54,61,63,73,77,80,83-85,87,89-90,95,106-110,113,115,125,128,134,136-137,148,150,152,157,164,170,173
Congress of Industrial Organiza-tions,..110
Coordination,..2-3,19,21-22,31-34,36-37,41-42,45,52-53,56,67,70-71,77,83-84,89-90,92,98,100,103,105,108,116,119,125,127,129,132,137,143-144,149,153-154,157,163,169
Council on International Educa-tional and Cultural Affairs,3,12-13
Countries, Foreign:Afrl.ca,...4,7- 9,25-28,34,39,43,
48,56,59-60,65,67-68,74,76,78-79,81,92,96,118-119,123-124,130-132,136,142,146,159,161,163,170-171Algeria,..96Cameroon,..79Central African Republic,..79Chad,..79Congo, Democratic Republic of
(Kinshasa),..92,163Congo, Republic of (Brazza-ville),..79,92
Dahomey,..79Ethiopia,..27,48,96,124,171Gabon,../9Gambia,..79Ghana,..43,79,118,136Guinea,..79,81,163Ivory Coast,..79,118Kenya,..43,48,96,136,142Lesotho,..43Liberia,..76,78-79,92,170-171Libya,..119,171Mali,..79Mauritania,..79Morocco,..48,79Niger,..78Nigeria,..79,130Senegal,..79,92Sierra Leone,..79,136Somalia;..76,171Sudan,..136Togo,..79Tunisia,..56,65,68,81,96,130,
161,163,171Uganda,..43,78Union of South Africa,..76,78,
119Upper Volta,..79Zambia,..92
Canada,..38,43-44,46,67,74-79,83,102,115,128-131,134-135,137,146,169
East Asia and Pacific,..4,6-10,25-28,34,37-40,42-48,56,58-60,67-68,70,72-79,81,83-84,96,98,102,106-107,110-111,118-120,123,130,132,136,141,146,154-155,163-164,166-167,169-173
- 179 -
Countries, Foreign:East Asia and Pacific:American Samoa,..116,119Australia,..4,44,46-47,67,
76,79,81,111Burma,..56,68,81,163Hong Kong,..10,48,79,136,
169,173Indonesia,..48,136,141,171Japan,..4,9-10,38,40,42-44,
47-48,67,72,76-77,79,81,83-84,96,102,106-107,110-111,118-120,123,130,136,146,154-155,166,169,171
Korea,..4,10,40,42-43,47-48,76,79,130,136,171-173
Laos,..27Malaysia,..4,43-44,47,76,
79,136New Guinea,..74New Zealand,..44,46-47,79Pacific Islands,..48Philippines,..4,37,40,42-43,
45-48,76,78,96,107,119,130,136,171-172
Ryukyu Islands,..40-42,59,131
Sarawak,..43Singapore,..136,173Taiwan,..4,40,42-43,45,47-48,
58,78,136,166Thailand,..4,8,10,43-45,47,
75,77,79,84,96,130,171,173Trust Territories,..116,119Viet Nam,..25-27,44-46,48,
70,76,79,130,167,170-172Europe, Eastern,..4,7-9,38,56,
60,65-69,71-73,75-77,79-81,83,85,96,102,104,107,123-124,136,141-142,150,155,163
Bulgaria,..38Czechoslovakia,..9,73,107,
136,155Hungary,..38,79,96,107,124Poland,..4,38,56,65-66,68,
72-73,75-77,79-81,96,124,155,163
Rumania,..38,155
Countries, Foreign:Europe, Eastern:
Union of Soviet SocialistRepublics,..38,71-72,85-86,102,150,155
Yugoslavia,..38,56,65,68-69,72-73,75-76,79-81,84,96,124,136,141-142,155,163
Europe, Western,..5,7-8,10,13,20,39,43-48,51,58,60,67-69,72-73,75-79,81,83-84,96,100,102,106-111,117-120,123,127-132,136-137,142,146,153-154,161,164,169,171,173
Austria,..43,46,77,84,107,142Azores,..48Belgium,..10,13,43,47,51,79,83,
110,127,130-131,136,142,164Denmark,..43-44,47,73,79,100,
102,118,142,146Finland,..73,75,78France,..5,43-44,47,76-77,83,
100,107,110-111,130,136,142,146,169,173
Germany,..43-44,46-47,58,73,76-78,96,100,107,109-111,117,119-120,130-131,142,146,159-160,169
Greenland,..44,129Iceland,..43,128,171Ireland,..43,84Italy,..20,43,47-48,58,76-77Luxembourg,..13Malta,..48Netherlands,..5,43,73,77-79,
84,111,142Norway,..43-44,47,73,79,100,
142,146Portugal,..47,84Spain,..43,47-48,58,76,84,
130,136-137Sweden,.,43-44,47,72-73,76-77,
79,96,100,107,111,136-137,142,146
Switzerland,..43,69,84,95,107,110,137,142
United Kingdom,..10,43-44,46-48,68,72-73,75-79,81,83,96,100,106-111,119,130,136-137,142,146,161,169
Countries, Foreign:Latin America,..1,6-10,20,22-
23,25-28,34,37-39,43-48,50,51,58-60,67,71-76,78-79,83-85,91-93,96,98,100,102,104-106,109,111-112,115,118-119,123-124,130-132,136-137,142,146,148,156-157,162,166,169-173Argentina,..1,43,47,73,
78-79,83-84,130,136Barbados,..48Bolivia,..43,47,76,119,
130,136Brazil,..43,47-48,67,72,
74-76,78,84,105,111,119,124,130,136,142,146,166,171
British Honduras,..136Chile,..43,47-48,75,84,
170Colombia,..43,47,73,84,
106,115,132,136,171Costa Rica,..47,78,84,
130-131,156-157,170-171Dominican Republic,..136Ecuador,..43,47-48,136,171El Salvador,..78-79,84,
91-92,130-131,157,171Guatemala,..48,84,130-131,
157,161Honduras,..130-131,156,171Jamaica,..47Mexico,..9,37,46,48,71,
78-79,84,100,111-112,118-119,136-137,169,173
Nicaraugua,..27,47-48,71,79,84,130-132,156
Panama,..44,47-48,79,84,98,130-132,157,162,170-171
Paraguay,..8,79,136Peru,..10,43,47-48,76,84,
104,109,118-119,130,171,173
Surinam,..171Uruguay,..43,47,84Venezuela,..1,43,47-48,
74,111,119,136'Virgin Islands,..48
- 180 -
Countries, Foreign:Near East and South Asia,..5-8,
25-28,34,37,39,43,45,47-48,56,59-60,65,68-69,71-81,84,91,96,101,104,106-107,110,117,119,123,130-132,136,141,146,152-154,156,161,163-164,170-173Afghanistan,..130,170-471Ceylon,..56,65,78,81,141,163Greece,..43,47-48,84,130,136,
171India,..5-6,8,48,56,59,65,68-69,72,74-75,78-81,84,91,101,104,106,110,119,136,141,146,153-154,156,163,172
Iran,..77,79,119,130,171Iraq,..79,124,171Israel,..5,65,68-69,72,74-78,
80-81,101,104,106,136,141,163
Jordan,..130,171Kuwait,..136Lebanon,..37,43,48,84,106,
130,171,173Nepal,..71,141Pakistati,..27,56,65,68-69,
73,75,78-79,81,84,106,141,163
Syria,..171Turkey,..45,47-48,67-79,84,
107,119,130,136,152,161,171-173
United Arab Republic,..43,45,65,68-69,73-74,78,81,84,141,163,171
Cultural Presentations (See Performing
Arts)
Defense Language Institute (DLI)
(See Institute, Defense Language)
East Asia and Pacific (See Countries,
Foreign)Economic Commission for the Far East
(ECAFE),..98,170Economic Development (assistance),
22-24,27,63,87,89,93,99-100,122,132
- 181 -
Economic Opportunity,..52-53Economics,..60,91,107,140Education:
General,..9,12,24,27,30,34,49,52-55,59,68,73-74,89,113,144,155-157
Adult,..34Elementary,..27,34Higher,..27,34Health,..70Secondary,..27,34,59In United States,..12,56,59,
117,144,155,162In Other Countries,..18,27,34,48,50,55-56,91
Aid to, in Other Countries,22,27,33-34,40,52,55-56,156
Vocational,..27,30,34,48Ed/Lcational Development,..1,4,6,
27,33-34,48,55-56,74,91Eisenhower Fellowship Program,..88Engineering,..39,41-42,84,93,105English, teaching of (See Humanities)Europe (See Countries, Foreign)European Atomic Energy Community
(EURATOM),..83European Civil Aviation Conference,
129Exchange Programs:
Cultural,..1-2,9-11,13,15,36,38,40,43,49,57,62,85-86,88,123,153,159,161-162
Educational,..1-2,6,9-11,13-15,19-20,33,36,40,44,46-47,54-55,57-58,62,66,68,71,119,122-123,142,144,153,155-156,159,161,163 (See also Fellowships,scholarships, grants andtechnical training)
Educational- Student,..10,14Educational- Teacher,..10,
57-59,61Exchange of Information, Publi-
cations and Documents,..2-3,6,9-12,19-21,28,35-38,42,44-46,48,54-57,63-64,66-67,69-70,72,74,76,78-80,83-86,88,90,114-115,117-118,122-125,127,132-133,141-142,145-150,153-157,159,164-165,169-170,174
'
Exchange Programs:Exchange of Information, etc.
Textbooks,..10,31,48,56,156Other,..10,12,15,19-20,42,44,46,
48-49,53,70-71,115,153-156Exchange Visitor Program,..11Exchange Visitor Waiver Review
Boards,..52-53Exhibits,...37-38,83-84,95-96,123-124,
141,146,150,159,161-162,164
Fairs:International,..38Trade,..90,95-96
Far East (See Countries, Foreign:East Asia and Pacific)
Fellowships (See Funding)Films (See Motion Pictures)Finance (See Business, Finance and
Trade)Fisheries,..118-119Food and Agriculture Organization of
the United Nations (FA0),..61,78,92
Ford Foundation,..70,88Foreign Area Studies (See Area Studies,
foreign)Foreign Nationals in the United States,
3-7,9-10,14,20,24-27,39-42,44-47,49,53,56,58-59,61-68,72-78,80,83-85,88,90-91,98-99,105-107,109-112,114-115,117,123,128,130,132-134,136,139,142,144-145,147-148,150,152,154-155,157-163,166,170-174Leaders,..7,62,65,91,150Lecturers,..3,7,10,14,46Medical and Health,..45,66,68,
73-75,78Scholars,..3,5,7,9,14,66,68,151,155,159,162-163
Scientists,..20,44,46,72-73,75,77-78,80,85,91,106,132,144-145,154-155,161
Specialists,..7,91Students,..3-4,7,9-10,14,40-41,
46-47,59,61,74-75,80,83,86,91,109,111,115,139,144,147,166,171
Teachers,..3,7,10,14,40-41,58-59.Technicians,..9,40,98-99,114,123,
132,144
- 182-
Foreign Nationals in the UnitedStates:Trainees,..14,24-27,39,41,49,
59,61-62,64-65,67,73-76,78,80,85,105-106,109,114-115,117,123,128,132-134,136,144,166,170-174
Other,..4,6,40,42,49,57,59,65,68,84,90-91,99,150,152,157,166
Foreign Service, United States,95,97-98,119,122,130
Foreign Student Service Council,88
Foundations (See Commissions)Fulbright Act,..13Fulbright-Hays Act,..1,3,10,12,18,
35,60Funding:
General,..1-2,5,10-11,14-16,18,23,27,29,32,34,38,40-42,46,48,51-52,56-58,60-61,70,78-79,81,84,101-103,105,109,128,140,149-150,153,156
Binational financial support,16,33,41-42,44-45,84,154,156
Contracts,..11,14,21,25-27,29,38,43-45,57-58,60,64,73,114
Cost-sharing and reimburse-ments (See Binationalfinancial support)
Counterpart funds,..75,106Foreign Currency (incl. PL 480),
16,20,22-23,52,56,58-59,61,65,72-78,80-81,101,104,106,141,159,163,169
GrantsDevelopmental,..22-23,92Educational institutions, to,
5,9-10,27,53,80-81,152,163Individual Scholarships andFellowships,..5,41,43-44,53,58-60,66,68-69,75,78,80,86,99,106,109,114,117,144-145,151,153,155,159
ResearchTo foreign nationals,..3,5,
9,43-44,46,66,68,73,76-80To United States nationals,
3,66,68,80,152
Funding:GrantsResearch
To institutions,..43-44,53,56,152-153,163
Other,..2-6,8-10,14,27,39,53,59-60,67-68,75,80,83,99,106,117,147,150-152,155
General Agreement on Tariffs andTrade (GATT),..95,170
Government Affairs Institute (SeeInstitute, Government Affairs)
Governments, foreign (See specificCountries)
Grants (See Funding)
Health (See Sciences, Physical,Medical and Health)
History,..4-5,59-60,151-152,160-162Housing,..113-114Human rights,..53Humanities:
General,..149,151-152Arts,..2,8,11,49,141,147,149-
152,159-164
Industry,..82Information Centers (See Centers,
Information)Institutes:
Defense Language,..40,49Government Affairs,..88International Education,..14,41,
88
Modern Foreign Language,..57-58Other United States,..5-6,9,15,
18,46,57,77,88,108,150Foreign,..77
Institutions:United States Educational,..6-7,
10,13-14,26,54-61,75,85,152,159,161
Foreign Educational,..4-5,13,75,146,155
Other United States,..11,26,31,54,84,106,115,136,147,155,159,161,164
- 183 -
Institutions:Other Foreign,..27-28,38,44,
54,56,72,75,78-80,84,98,122,142,146,155,159,162,164
Inter-American Center for Housingand Planning (CINjA),..115
Inter-American Cultural Council,..2Inter-American Port and Harbor
Conference,..170Inter-American Travel Congresses,
112Inter-departmental Committees (See
Committees, inter-departmental)Inter-departmental Policy Advisory
Bodies (See Policy AdvisoryBodies, inter-departmental)
Intergovernmental Maritime Consult-ative Organization (IMCO)108,110,134,170
Intergovernmental OceanographicCommission (I0C),..101
Intergovernmental Organizations,1-2,14,19-20,23,27-28,33,44-46,52-55,61-63,65,67,69-74,76-80,83-85,87-89,92,94-95,98-110,112-115,117,119,122,127-129,131-132,134-135,137,139,142,144,148,150,153,157-158,162,169-171,173-174
International Air Transport Asso-ciation,..129,170
International Association ofChiefs of Police,..174
International Association ofPorts and Harbors,..110
International Atomic Energy Agency(IAEA),..19,77,86,106
International Bank for Reconstruc-tion and Development (See
Banks: World)
International Bureau of Weightsand Measures,..105-106
International Cargo HandlingCoordinating Association,..110
International Civil AviationOrganization (ICA0),..87,127-129,131,137,170
International Commission on Radio-logical Protection,..106
International Commission on Radio-logical Units and Measurements,106
International Conference on PublicEducation (ICPE),..54
International Convention for theSafety of Life at Sea,..108
International Council of AircraftOwners and Pilots Association,129
International Council on Archives,148
International Council for Building(CIB),..115
International Council of ScientificUnions (ICSU),..103,144,157
International Criminal PoliceOrganization,..173
International ElectrotechnicalCommission (IEC),..106
International Federation of AirlinePilots Associations,..129
International Frequency RegistrationBoard (IFRB),..136
International Geophysical Year (IGY),
102-103International Labor Organization (ILO),
54,62-63,73,88,122,129International Monetary Fund,..139,168International non-governmental
organizations,..28,44-46,62,132,152-153,155-157
International Organizations (See
Intergovernmental Organizations)International Organization for
Standardization,..74,106,110International Rubber Study Group,..94International Scientific Radio Union,
106International Secretariat for Volunteer
Service,..33International Social Security Asso-
ciation (ISSA),..63International Telecommunication
Union (ITU),..129,134,136-137International Union cf Pc.ophysics
and Geodesy,..106
- 184-
International Union of Official
Travel Organizations,..112International Union of Pure and
Applied Chemistry,..61International Union of Travei
Organizations,..112
Labor,..9,24,122-123,139Labor 1-,ssions (See Missions,
La'bor)
Language and Literature,..4-5,29,
31,34,37-38,40,49,57,60-61,151-152,163English, Teaching of,..2-4,
10,12-13,30,34,38,40,48-50,57,59
Latin America (See Countries,
Foreign)
Law,..2,4,24,49,111,140,147Legislation,..1,3,9,12-14,18,20,
22-23,28,33,35,39,46-47,49,53,56-62,72,74,81-82,88-89,93-97,109,113,117-118,121,125,131,136,139-143,149-150,159,163-164,168-171
Libraries,..3,5,12,37,53,72,83-84,140-142,147
Medicine (See Sciences, Physical,Medical and Health)
Meetings (See Conferences)
Middle East (See Countries,
Foreign: Near East and South
Asia)Military Training,..39Missions:
Labor,..38Trade,..38,95-96
Motion Pictures,..36-38,73,79,150,152
Music,..38,50,141,150
National Academy of Sciences,
20-21,77,86,103,144,155,157National Association for Foreign
Student Affairs (NAFSA),..10,55
National Education Association,..57
Near East and South Asia (See
Countries, Foreign)North Atlantic Treaty Organization
(NATO),..20,23,46,119,129,155Planning Board for Ocean
Shipping (NATO/PBOS),..109
Nurses,..50,74Nursing,..68,70,73-75
Organization of American States (OAS),
2,54,63,67,110,115,132,148,162Organization for Economic Cooperation
and Development (OECD),..10,54,
76-77,94-95,99-100,112,157,169Organizations:
Intergovernmental (See Inter-
governmental Organizations)International non-governmental
(See International non-govern-mental Organizations)
Non-governmentalUnited States,..3,6,10-14,18-19,
21,23-27,41,46,48,52-55,57,59,62,65,67-70,74,86,88,90-91,93-94,96,103,105,115,117,121,125,129,136,144,146,148,150,152,155,157,161,163
Other Countries,..5-6,65-66,70,73-74,78,90,115,152
Overseas Offices and Representatives,
13,19,36-40,42-45,48,83,95-97,101,111-112,117-119,123,127-132,142,157,161,168-170,173
Pacific Area Travel Association,..112
Pacific Science Association,..157
Pan American Health Organization
(PAH0),..10,69-74,76-78Pan American Standards Commission-
(PASC),..106Pan American Union (See OAS)
Peace Corps National Advisory Council,
33
Performing Arts,..8-9,11,15,17,42-43,
50-51,150Permanent International Association
of Navigation Congresses,..110
Physical Sciences (See Sciences,Physical, Medical and Health)
Physicians and Surgeons,..45,50,66,68,78
Policy Advisory Bodies, Inter-departmental,..12-13
Political deve1opment,..24,27Population,..73Population Council,..70Port development,..110President of the United States,
1,11,13,21-22,33,35,48,53,81-82,87,100,117-119,123,125,143,147,149,159,164
Public Administration,..24,88Public Advisory Bodies,..11-12,
18,33,93-94,139,147,149,169Publishing (See Books and Pub-
lishing)Puerto Rico,..26-27,57,59,85,157
Rehabilitation,..64-67Relief Activities,..49,71,110Research,..4-5,9-10,20-21,23,29-32,
36-37,43-46,50,55-56,60-61,63-76,78-85,89-91,93,99-106,115,117-122,125,131-132,140-145,147,150-155,157,159-162,164
Resources development,..22-23,116-118
Rockefeller Foundation,..74,148Rural development,..34,89
Scholarships (See Funding: Grants)School systems,..51,53,55,58-60Schools:
United States,..4,15,25,33,46,49,54,57,60,68-69,74-75,161
Other Countries,..2,4,15,18,33-34,46,50-51
American Sponsored abroad,9,15,18,27
Department of Defense Depend-ents Abroad,..51
- -
- 185 -
Sciences, Physical, Medical and Health:Physical,..9,19-20,43-44,48,82,
85,93,100-105,133,144-145,153-157,159-164
Medicine,..9,41,44-45,50,68,70-71,75,79,81
Health,..24,27,30,34,44,49,52-53,67-71,73-81,113,121
Health, Public,..9,25,75Seminars (See Short Courses)Services:
To foreign nationals and govern-ments,..2,10-11,14-15,27,29,37-38,44,54,56,58-59,61-62,64,67,70,72,74-75,79,90,95,101,104-105,111,115,129-130,133,157,169
To United States public,..10-11,36-38,55-56,58-59,67,70,72,79,89,93-95,98,101,105,113,133,170
To foreign non-governmentalinstitutions,..58,60,79
To U. S. non-governmental insti-tutions,..2,10,58,60,70,79
Interdepartmental,..71-72,79,95To international organizations,
28,54-55,70,79,99Short Courses (summer institutes,
seminars, and workshops),..1-2,4-6,9-10,38,46-47,58-61,63,68-69,71,73,75,77,85,91,106,123,148,151,154-157,166,171,173-174
Social development,..24,27,63,100,132Social opportunity,..52-53Social Sciences,..4,59,151,163Social Security,..62-64Social Welfare,..52,62,64-65,67-68,121Southeast Treaty Organization (SETO),
2,81Sports (See Athletics and sports)
Technical Assistance Programs,..22,24-28,33,36-38,49,58-59,62-63,67,70-71,74,76,78-79,85,92,96,102,106-107,109-110,113-114,117-119,122,125,127-128,130,132,134,148,153,155-156,161-163
...
- 186 -
Technical Training (See Training,
technical)
Technology,..19-20,91Trade (See Business, Finance,
and Trade)Trade Fairs (See Fairs, Trade)
Trade Missions (See Missions,
Trade)Training, technical:
In service,..10,14,18,39-40,73,75,82-84,98-99,105-107,109,114,130,133-134,136,142,144-145,148,158,166,170-171,173-174
"Third country",..4,18,24-25,27,39-40,42,45
Other,..4,9,12,14,24-27,29-30,34,39-42,45,47-50,58-59,61-62,64-65,67-69,73,75-76,78,80,83-85,88,91,98-99,105-107,109,114-115,117-118,123,127-128,130,132-134,136,142,144-145,148,151,153,157-158,166,170-174
Translations,..4,54,56,72,77,79,152
Transportation,..9,24,48-49,87,98,125,131-133
Travel,..88,93,99,111-112Travel Task Force Advisory Group,
110
United International Bureau for
the Protection of Intellectual
Property (BIRPI),..107
United Nations,..14,20,27-28,53-54,63,65-67,74,77,88,92,94-95,99,104,106,108-110,112,114-117,119,132,136-137,144,157-158,162,164-165
Children's Fund (UNICEF),..54
Educational, Scientific and
Cultural Organization(UNESCO),..2,12,54-55,63,73,114,150,157
U. S. Advisory Commission on Inter-
national Educational and
Cultural Affairs,..11
United States Government Agencies:
Agency for International Develop-
ment,..3,12,18,21-27,42,49,55-59,62-63,67,69-76,78-79,81,84,86,88,90-92,95,98-99,104-107,109-110,113-115,117-118,122,128,130,132,134,136,139,153,156-158,166-167,170-172,174
Agriculture, Department of,..21,
23,26,55,61,89-92,95,110,166Arms Control and Disarmament
Agency,..21Atomic Energy Commission,..77,
82-86Budget, Bureau of,..109
Central Intelligence Agency,..21
Civil Aeronautics Board,..87,110
Civil Service Commission,..88
Commerce, Department of,..26,
93-112,129,134,139Defense, Department of,..12,21,
26,36,39-51,95,104,108-110,128-130,169Air Force, Department of,
39,43-45Army, Department of,..39-45,
59Marine Corps,..47-48Navy, Department of,..39,
42-43,45-49,134Emergency Planning, Office of,
109Federal Communications Commission,
26,136-138General Services Administration,
110,147Health, Education, and Welfare,
Department of,..12,14,18,21,
26,30,41,52-81,149,174Housing and Urban Development,
Department of,..26,113-115
Interior, Department of,..26,95,
109,116-120Interstate Commerce Commission,
111JUstice, Department of,..95
Labor, Department of,..21,26,42,
55,95,110,118,121-124,134,139
- 187 -
United States Government Agencies: United States Personhel Overseas:Library of Congress,..57,
140-142,149Consultants,..4,14,55,63,68-74,
76-78,86,98,114-115,148,156National Aeronautics and Space Delegations to international
Administration,..21,143-146 bodies,..6,20,44,54-55,61,63,National Archives and Records 69-70,73,76-78,80,84,94,99-100,
Service,..147-148 105-110,113-114,129,132,134,137,National Foundation on the 144,152-153,155,157,170,173Arts and the Humanities, Lecturers,..3-5,8,10,14,46,61,21,149-152
National Science Foundation,18,20-21,44,55,101,104-105,149,153-157
Peace Corps,..12,21,28-34,70,75
Post Office Department,..26,110,158
Smithsonian Institution,..21,140,149,159-165
State, Department of,..1-22,28,36,40,42-43,45,53,55-59,62-65,67,69-71,74,84,87-88,95,98-99,106,108-110,113,115,118-119,123,129-130,132-134,136-137,139,142-144,148-149,157-158,163-164,169
State, Secretary of,1.1-3,12,22,87,105
Transportation, Department of,26,108-110,125-135
Treasury, Department of,..26,95,109-110,168-174
U. S. Information Agency,12-13,21,35-38,40,55,96,123,146,164
White House (Executive Officeof President),..21,36,40,95
United States Personnel Overseas:3-6,8-11,13-14,18-20,26-28,30,34,36,38-39,42,44-51,54-61,63,66,68-78,80,83-86,89-92,94-96,98-100,105,107-110,112-115,117-119,123-124,128-129,131-132,134,137,144,146,148,151-153,155-157,159,161,167-174(See also Overseas Officesand Representatives)
115,146,156Medical and health,..30,44-45,
50,66,68-71,75-78Missions,..13,19,36,38,49,63,70-
71,83,90-92,95-96,98,111-112,114,118-119,124,130-131,168-169,172
Scholars,..3,8,14,66,68,80,151-152Scientists,..20,39,44-46,71-72,
76,78,80,118,153,155,157,161Specialists,..8,91,114Staffs of international bodies,55,69-71,73,76,78,86,105,129,137,152
Students,..3-4,8,10,14,46-47,60,69,75
Teachers,..3,8,14,18,49,51,57-61,151,156
Technical Advisers,..26-27,39,42,49,55,63,66,73,77,83,86,98,114,118,123,131,134,167,169-172
Trainees,..80,107Other,..6,9,11,13,18,27-28,34,39,
42,48-51,61,80,107,117,174
Universal Postal Union,..158Universities:
United States,..4-7,9-10,14,18,20,24-27,31,40-41,53,55,57,59-61,63,65,67,75,80-81,84-85,88,91,99,117,144-145,148,152,154-155,159,163,165-166
Foreign,..4-6,8-10,44,50,56,74,77,84,106,142,146,154-157,165
Voice of America (See Communications)
- 188 -
Welfare (See Social Welfare)
Women's activities,..9World Health Organization (WHO),
61,67,69-71,73-74,76-80,99World Meteorological Organization
(WM0),..101,103-105,129World Weather Watch (WWW),..103,
105